Quarterlytics / Financial Services / Asset Management - Income / 4D Pharma PLC

4D Pharma PLC

dddd · LSE Financial Services
Claim this profile
Ticker dddd
Exchange LSE
Sector Financial Services
Industry Asset Management - Income
Employees 51-200
← All annual reports
FY2021 Annual Report · 4D Pharma PLC
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
4D pharma plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2021

Contents
Highlights	
1
Directors, Secretary and Advisors	
3
Strategic report: Introduction	
4
Strategic report: Business strategy	
5
Strategic report: Chairperson and CEO’s statement	
7
Strategic report: Business overview	
12 
Strategic report: Financial review	
16 
Strategic report: Principal risks and uncertainties	
23 
Corporate governance: Corporate governance report	
28
Corporate governance: Report of the Audit and Risk Committee	
32
Corporate governance: Directors’ remuneration report: Letter	
34
Corporate governance: Directors’ remuneration report: Policy	
36
Corporate governance: Directors’ remuneration report: Report	
45
Corporate governance: Directors’ report	
51
Corporate governance: Statement of Directors’ responsibilities	
55
Independent auditor’s report to the members of 4D pharma plc	
56
Group statement of total comprehensive income	
62
Group statement of financial position	
63
Company statement of financial position	
64
Group statement of changes in equity	
65
Company statement of changes in equity	
66
Group cash flow statement	
67
Company cash flow statement	
68
Notes to the financial statements	
69

4D pharma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2021 
1 
Highlights  
 
Financial highlights 
 
Loss for the year and total comprehensive  
loss for the year (£54.7m) 
 
 
Expenditure on research and development (£19.8m) 
 
 
Total equity (£23.2m) 
 
 
 
Cash, cash equivalents and cash  
on deposit (£15.5m) 
 
 
Loss per share (31.83 pence) 
 
 
 
0
20
40
60
2019
2020
2021
0
10
20
30
2019
2020
2021
0
20
40
2019
2020
2021
0
10
20
2019
2020
2021
0
10
20
30
40
50
2019
2020
2021

4D pharma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2021 
 
 
 
2 
Highlights (continued) 
 
Operational highlights 
• 
Provided an update on the ongoing clinical trial portfolio for lead oncology candidate MRx0518. This included the first announcement of 
signals of anti-tumor activity for the combination of MRx0518 with Keytruda® in bladder cancer, adding to the previously reported activity 
in renal cell carcinoma and non-small cell lung cancer. 
• 
Announced a clinical trial collaboration and supply agreement with Merck KGaA, Darmstadt, Germany, and Pfizer Inc., under which 4D 
pharma will conduct a clinical trial to evaluate MRx0518 in combination with Bavencio® (avelumab), an anti-PD-L1 immune checkpoint 
inhibitor, as a first-line maintenance therapy for patients with locally advanced or metastatic urothelial carcinoma that has not 
progressed with first-line platinum-containing chemotherapy. This study is expected to commence in 2022. 
• 
Presented additional clinical mechanistic data for MRx0518 at the European Society for Medical Oncology (ESMO) Congress, as both  
a monotherapy and in combination with Keytruda® (pembrolizumab). The results identified baseline biomarkers associated with clinical 
benefit in patients with solid tumors refractory to immune checkpoint inhibitors (ICIs) treated with MRx0518 in combination with 
pembrolizumab; and gene and metagene signature changes in solid tumors following treatment with MRx0518 monotherapy. 
• 
Presented further analyses of the completed Phase II clinical trial of Blautix® in patients with irritable bowel syndrome with constipation 
(IBS-C) or with diarrhea (IBS-D) at Digestive Disease Week (DDW) 2021. The post-hoc analyses revealed strong and statistically 
significant activity on the key symptom of bowel habit, a potential FDA-approvable primary endpoint. In addition, analysis of the data by 
geographical region shows that earlier topline results were impacted by an unusually high placebo response in patients in the UK and 
Ireland, and enhanced positive signals were seen in the larger US population. 
• 
Subsequently, the Company presented additional mechanistic clinical data for Blautix® at Gastro 2021. The results show treatment with 
Blautix® led to structural changes in the gut microbiota and greater increases in interconnectivity between taxa than placebo, in patients 
with IBS-C or IBS-D. 
• 
Reported topline results from Part A of our Phase I/II randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled clinical trial of MRx-4DP0004 as a 
treatment for asthma. Part A met the primary endpoint showing MRx-4DP0004 was safe and well tolerated. In addition, MRx-4DP0004 
generated promising signals of clinical activity which support progression into Part B of the study. 
• 
Published preclinical research relating to second-generation immuno-oncology LBP MRx1299 improving the activity of CAR-T in animal 
models of cancer, in collaboration with Philipps-University Marburg, Germany, and Universitätsklinikum Würzburg, Germany. 
• 
Completed the merger with special purpose acquisition company (SPAC) Longevity Acquisition Corporation and concurrent private 
placement, raising total gross proceeds of approximately $39.8 million. 
• 
Entered into a senior secured credit facility for up to $30 million with Oxford Finance LLC, including the initial drawdown of the first 
tranche for $12.5 million, with the remaining $7.5 million and $10 million tranches dependent on the achievement of certain milestones. 
• 
Announced the appointments of Paul Maier as Non-Executive Director and John Beck as Chief Financial Officer (CFO). Later in the 
year the Company was saddened to announce the passing of John Beck. 
 
Since the period end 
• 
On 3 January 2022 the Company announced the appointment of John Doyle as Chief Financial Officer (CFO).  
• 
On 22 February 2022 the Company announced that the U.S. Food and Drug Administration (FDA) has cleared investigational new drug (IND) 
applications for MRx0005 and MRx0029 for the treatment of Parkinson’s disease. The Company expects to initiate a first-in-human 
Phase I clinical trial in people with Parkinson’s disease in mid-2022. 
• 
On 23 March 23 we announced that, in Part B of the ongoing Phase I/II study of MRx0518 and Keytruda® in patients with solid tumors 
that have progressed on a prior immune checkpoint inhibitor (ICI), the renal cell carcinoma (RCC) group met its primary efficacy 
endpoint ahead of enrolment completion. 
 
 

4D pharma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2021 
 
 
 
3 
Directors, Secretary and Advisors 
 
Executive Directors 
Duncan Peyton (Chief Executive Officer) 
Dr. Alexander (Alex) Stevenson (Chief Scientific Officer) 
 
Non-Executive Directors 
Prof. Axel Glasmacher (Chairperson) 
Dr. Edgardo (Ed) Baracchini 
Dr. Alexander (Sandy) Macrae 
Paul Maier 
Dr. Katrin Rupalla 
 
Company Secretary 
Duncan Peyton 
 
Registered Office 
9 Bond Court 
Fifth Floor 
Leeds 
LS1 2JZ 
 
Company Number 
08840579 
 
Auditor 
RSM UK Audit LLP 
Central Square 
5th Floor 
29 Wellington Street 
Leeds LS1 4DL 
 
Nominated Advisor and Broker 
Singer Capital Markets 
1 Bartholomew Lane 
London EC2N 2AX 
 
Joint Broker 
Bryan, Garnier & Co. Limited 
Beaufort House 
15 St. Botolph Street 
London EC3A 7BB 
 
Lawyers (English law) 
Pinsent Masons LLP 
30 Crown Place 
London 
EC2A 4ES 
 
Lawyers (United States law)  
Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati 
650 Page Mill Road 
Palo Alto 
California 
94304 
 
Registrar 
Link Asset Services 
The Registry 
34 Beckenham Road 
Beckenham 
Kent BR3 4TU 
 
 

4D pharma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2021 
 
 
 
4 
Strategic report: Introduction 
 
The Directors present their Strategic Report together with the Corporate Governance Report, audited consolidated financial statements, 
audited Company financial statements and Auditor’s Report for the year ended 31 December 2021. 
This Strategic Report is broken down into the following sections:  
• 
Business Strategy; 
• 
Chairperson and CEO’s Statement; 
• 
Financial Review; and Business Overview; and 
• 
Principal Risks and Uncertainties. 
 
 

4D pharma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2021 
 
 
 
5 
Strategic report: Business strategy 
 
4D pharma is a pharmaceutical company developing Live Biotherapeutic Products (LBPs), a novel class of drug derived from the human gut 
microbiome. Our differentiated approach focuses on understanding mechanisms of action and the interactions of our LBPs with host biology, 
driven by our proprietary MicroRx® platform. This has generated a strong clinical and preclinical pipeline of single strain LBPs targeting major 
diseases across multiple therapeutic areas. 
Our strategy 
A novel class of therapeutic 
Our LBPs are a novel class of biologics based on live organisms, namely single strains of bacteria. These bacteria are not genetically 
modified and are originally isolated from healthy human donors. Our therapeutic candidates are therefore ‘live’ drugs that can provide 
therapeutic benefit via their interaction with host biology, whether by their structural components such as peptides, primary or secondary 
metabolites or other means. In contrast, biologics, such as antibodies, are not ‘live’ compounds and, generally speaking, are not naturally 
occurring molecules. As naturally occurring, non-engineered, commensal bacteria originally isolated from healthy human donors, our LBPs 
are expected, and to date have been found, to be well tolerated compared with other drug modalities such as small molecules or to biologics, 
given that they are single strains of naturally evolved human commensal microbes that act on the gut-body network without significant risk  
of systemic exposure. To date, this has meant that we can accelerate our therapeutic candidates from discovery and preclinical testing into 
clinical trials faster than traditional therapeutic modalities such as small molecules or biologics. For all of our clinical-stage LBP candidates  
to date, regulators, including the US FDA, have allowed us to conduct first-in-human clinical trials in our target patient population without 
requiring us to first conduct traditional Phase I safety studies in healthy volunteers. These factors reduce the cost and time to generate 
meaningful, in-patient clinical data for our therapeutic candidates compared to small molecules or biologics targeting the same diseases. 
Validated discovery platform – MicroRx® 
To further advance our product pipeline, we have developed MicroRx®, our LBP discovery platform. MicroRx® interrogates our proprietary 
library of bacterial isolates for therapeutic functionality and comprehensively characterizes the bacterial isolates using a range of 
complementary tools and technologies. By developing a thorough understanding of the mechanism of action of our therapeutic candidates 
and their interaction with host biology, we can develop LBPs that target disease pathology rationally and effectively, and expand our robust, 
sector-leading patent portfolio with additional patents relating to LBP functionality. 
Harnessing bacterial functionality in high impact disease areas 
The functionality of bacteria and their impact on human biology is diverse, and we have developed a broad pipeline of therapeutic candidates 
across multiple therapeutic areas. We initially focused on the gastrointestinal disease space in inflammatory bowel disease (IBD) and irritable 
bowel syndrome (IBS), a logical starting point for developing a modality based around organisms found in the human gut. However, as our 
research expertise and the MicroRx® discovery platform have advanced, we were able to leverage our knowledge of the human microbiome 
and its diverse interactions with various host systems to realize the potential of LBPs to treat diseases manifest in organs and tissues distal 
to the gut. Our observation that candidates in our proprietary library were having systemic, not just gut-localized, effects led us to explore 
new applications and disease areas. 
To this end, our key clinical focus areas now include immuno-oncology, central nervous system (CNS) and immunological disorders, with 
preclinical candidates targeting Parkinson’s disease, neurodevelopment/psychiatric diseases and oncology, and additional immune-inflammatory 
conditions. As of 31 December 2021, we had completed three clinical trials and currently have three ongoing. 
Strong position as a leading innovator in Live Biotherapeutics space 
With our lead therapeutic candidate, MRx0518, to our knowledge, we delivered the first positive proof-of-concept data with a Live Biotherapeutic 
in the treatment of cancer. MRx0518 is being evaluated in three ongoing clinical trials, including a Phase I/II trial in solid tumors in combination 
with immune checkpoint inhibitor Keytruda® in patients with metastatic solid tumors that are refractory to prior anti-PD-1/PD-L1 therapy, a 
study of MRx0518 as a neoadjuvant monotherapy in solid tumors, and a study of MRx0518 in combination with stereotactic radiotherapy in 
patients with potentially resectable pancreatic cancer. A fourth study, a Phase II trial in combination with Bavencio® as first-line maintenance 
therapy for urothelial carcinoma, is expected to commence in 2022 in collaboration with Merck KGaA and Pfizer. We are engaged in 
business development activities with the goal of expanding the development of MRx0518 into new settings and are actively exploring 
additional collaboration opportunities. 
We continue to utilize the MicroRx® platform to discover promising new LBP candidates for major diseases with significant unmet need.  
As part of our CNS portfolio, we have identified novel LBP candidates that act upon multiple aspects of the pathology of neurodegenerative 
diseases in preclinical models, including gut-barrier function, neuroinflammation and protection of neurons critical to healthy CNS function. 
Accordingly, we are currently planning a first-in-human clinical study for our lead CNS therapeutic candidates, MRx0029 and MRx0005, in 
Parkinson’s disease patients, which we expect to commence in 2022. We are an industry partner of the Parkinson’s Progression Markers 
Initiative, a longitudinal study sponsored by The Michael J. Fox Foundation for Parkinson's Research to better understand Parkinson’s 
disease and accelerate the development of new treatments. We have also entered into a collaboration with Parkinson’s UK, a non-profit 
organization focused on advancing the understanding of Parkinson’s disease and improving treatments, to establish a Patient Advisory 
Board (PAB) comprised of people living with Parkinson’s. 
In addition to our internal development programs, we are seeking to realize the value and potential of the MicroRx® platform through 
collaborations in new areas. In 2019, we entered into a research collaboration and option to license agreement with MSD (the tradename  
of Merck & Co., Inc., Kenilworth, NJ, USA) to discover and develop LBPs for vaccines. This collaboration pairs our proprietary MicroRx® 
platform with MSD’s expertise in the development and commercialization of novel vaccines, to discover and develop LBPs for use in 
vaccines in up to three undisclosed indications. 
 
 

4D pharma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2021 
 
 
 
6 
Strategic report: Business strategy (continued) 
 
Our development pipeline  
4D pharma’s MicroRx® platform has generated a strong pipeline with four clinical-stage candidates. In 2021 we delivered clinical data from 
multiple studies from three of those candidates, while entering into new clinical collaborations and planning new clinical trials. Our clinical 
candidates are followed by a suite of preclinical candidates in the areas of immuno-oncology, CNS and immunological disorders, as well  
as our research collaboration with MSD in the vaccines field. 
 
 
Our goal is to pioneer a novel class of safe and effective therapeutic derived from the gut microbiome that has the potential to transform the 
way many diseases are treated. 
Key elements of our strategy include: 
Continuing to be a leading innovator in the microbiome field, with a rigorous approach that focuses highly on the 
functionality of our LBPs 
We continue to make significant investments in our research, manufacturing and clinical capability to put ourselves at the front of the pack in the 
microbiome space. This expertise has generated what we believe is a comprehensive intellectual property portfolio in the microbiome space. 
Delivering what we believe are differentiated LBPs in multiple indications 
We intend to deliver what we believe are differentiated therapeutics that leverage the inherent advantages of LBPs in multiple indications. 
We strive to deliver positive clinical data, complemented with biomarker and mechanistic data, with a goal to develop the first LBP approved 
for the treatment of diseases such as cancer, asthma and IBS. We continue to work to push LBPs into new therapeutic areas, such as our 
preclinical LBP therapeutic candidates MRx0029 and MRx0005 that leverage the gut-brain axis and are currently being developed for 
Parkinson’s disease. 
Working with partners to realize the full potential of our sector-leading capabilities 
MicroRx® is a unique LBP discovery and development platform and, alongside building our internal pipeline of LBP candidates, the platform 
also enables us to build valuable partnerships and collaborations. We believe the collaboration with MSD to discover and develop LBPs  
for vaccines, in addition to the proof-of-concept data generated to date across multiple programs, has validated the MicroRx® platform and 
4D pharma’s approach to LBP development. We will seek to engage additional new partners that wish to explore the potential of LBPs in 
disease areas of interest through collaborations. 
 
 

4D pharma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2021 
 
 
 
7 
Strategic report: Chairperson and CEO’s statement 
 
4D pharma is committed to unlocking the power of the microbiome to develop safe and innovative therapies for serious diseases. With our 
MicroRx® platform we have been able to do just that, discovering and developing Live Biotherapeutic Products (LBPs) demonstrating 
systemic functionality, for example by influencing the immune system and modulating the gut-brain axis.  
It is well known that a significant proportion of drug candidates fail in the clinic due to safety concerns. One of the core attractions of LBPs  
as a novel class of drug was the expectation that they would have attractive safety profiles, significantly reducing this major development 
risk. We have now dosed over 300 patients representing diverse disease areas, and to date all our clinical-stage LBPs have shown  
placebo-like safety and tolerability. This is a paradigm shift for drug development.  
In 2021 we expanded this evidence base, announcing the first safety data for MRx-4DP0004 in asthma patients. Importantly, we continued  
to demonstrate LBPs can work alongside existing cornerstone medications without creating additional safety and toxicity issues, which 
resonates with clinicians and patients alike. Moreover, such a profile may position our therapeutics to be prescribed earlier in the treatment 
pathway and provides opportunities to potentially treat disease earlier.  
Drugs not only need to be safe, but also effective. In the past year we generated more clinical data supporting our function-based approach 
to developing single strains of bacteria as pharmaceutical therapeutics. Building on our ground-breaking data in oncology, demonstrating  
that a single strain LBP can modulate the immune system to treat cancer, we provided the first clinical data in asthma for MRx-4DP0004.  
Not only was this an important milestone for 4D pharma, but also represents the first clinical data indicating the efficacy of a Live Biotherapeutic 
in this setting. 
Outside the clinic, March 2021 featured another significant milestone for 4D pharma as we obtained our US listing on Nasdaq under the 
ticker ‘LBPS’. This was a major achievement of a long-term goal for the Company. However, no one predicted that the capital market was on 
the precipice of an unprecedented rout of life sciences stocks. During 2020 and the early part of 2021, capital was flowing into biotech at an 
unprecedented rate, driven in part by the pandemic. However, from February 2021 the biotech capital markets entered a period of dramatic 
decline. By the end of the 2021, whilst the main market had gained (for example the S&P 500 Index was up by around 23%), the biotech 
market, as measured by reference to the S&P Biotechnology Select Industry Index (XBI), was down over 30%. In the early months of 2022, 
this trend in life sciences stocks has continued. 
Within this general decline across the biotech sector, small cap and emerging areas were hit particularly hard. Microbiome companies 
encountered challenges, and as a maturing field, readthrough was applied to other public companies under the microbiome umbrella. 
However, as 4D pharma and others in the field have continued to educate stakeholders, there is a growing appreciation of the differences  
of approach and an understanding that not all companies working on microbiome therapeutics are the same, as has been common for other 
new modalities or therapeutic approaches. Our rapidly evolving field is pursuing a multitude of approaches, from fecal material transplant 
(FMT) and bacterial consortia of varying complexities, to single strain LBPs, engineered strains, microbial metabolites and compounds 
targeting bacteria or their products. As the field matures and generates more clinical data, we may see that some approaches are particularly 
suited to different applications. For example, using FMT and complex consortia as an ecological agent to outcompete an infectious pathogen 
in the gut has proven to be effective in preventing recurrence of C. difficile infection. This is, though, a very different approach to identifying 
bacteria that exert systemic therapeutic impacts on human biology, for use in the treatment of systemic diseases such as cancer and asthma. 
The latter is the approach taken by 4D pharma. Our hypothesis is that by understanding how bacteria impact host cells, we can use a single 
strain to modulate specific, disease-relevant pathways to develop safe and innovative therapies for serious systemic diseases. Irrespective  
of external factors and prevailing market conditions, throughout 2021 we generated more evidence supporting this hypothesis. 
Oncology 
Throughout 2021 and early 2022 we have continued our progress as a leader in the field of oncology microbiome therapeutics. New clinical 
biomarker data from multiple studies in different treatment settings has continued to develop our understanding of the mechanism of action 
of lead immuno-oncology Live Biotherapeutic MRx0518. This complements our preclinical data, an important validation not only of the 
translational value of the MRx0518 preclinical work, but of the MicroRx® platform more broadly, with positive implications across our pipeline. 
In conjunction with promising clinical outcomes in our combination study with Keytruda®, this data provides clinical proof of concept of our 
single strain LBP approach and the ability of gut-targeted single strains of bacteria to exert clinically meaningful effects on systemic diseases 
away from the gut. 
Early in 2021 we reported on the continued progress of our two-part Phase I/II study of MRx0518 in combination with immune checkpoint 
inhibitor Keytruda® (pembrolizumab) in patients who had developed resistance to a prior checkpoint inhibitor, in collaboration with MSD 
(tradename of Merck & Co., Inc., Kenilworth, N.J., USA). Part A of the study was focused on demonstrating the safety and tolerability of 
MRx0518 in combination with a checkpoint inhibitor, but also gave us the first insight into the potential impact of Live Biotherapeutics in the 
fight against cancer. 
Following the successful completion of Part A and progression into Part B in 2020, in early 2021 we reported target tumor reductions in Part 
B patients at the first scheduled restaging timepoint. Importantly, these included the first signals of anti-tumor activity for the combination in 
patients with bladder cancer, adding to the activity previously reported in patients in Part A with renal cell carcinoma (RCC) and non-small 
cell lung cancer (NSCLC). Additionally, three Part A patients that were previously reported to have experienced clinical benefit were 
continuing on the study, with two of these patients continuing on treatment for over 18 months (as of February 2021) and exhibiting further 
target tumor reductions or durable disease control. 
The results in the clinic also further strengthened the translational value of the preclinical data and the MicroRx® platform. At the European 
Society for Medical Oncology (ESMO) Congress, we presented biomarker data from two clinical studies, the combination study with 
Keytruda® and a study of MRx0518 as a neoadjuvant monotherapy in treatment of naïve patients with a variety of solid tumors.  
Fundamentally, these results further demonstrate the ability of MicroRx® to identify single strains of bacteria that can impact systemic 
disease. For MRx0518, the data indicated its ability to safely engage the immune system, with a mechanism of action potentially able to 
overcome important mechanisms of resistance to checkpoint inhibitors, a major unmet need in cancer treatment. The biomarker data also 
raises the potential to identify patients most likely to respond to MRx0518 combination therapy. This data will inform the subsequent clinical 
development strategy for MRx0518, including taking this LBP into earlier lines of treatment. 

4D pharma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2021 
 
 
 
8 
Strategic report: Chairperson and CEO’s statement (continued) 
 
Oncology (continued) 
As part of this strategy, in February 2021, 4D pharma announced a new clinical collaboration with Merck KGaA, Darmstadt, Germany, and 
Pfizer Inc. to evaluate MRx0518 as a first-line maintenance treatment for patients with locally advanced or metastatic urothelial carcinoma  
in combination with Bavencio® (avelumab), the first and only checkpoint immunotherapy approved in this setting. Based on our clinical and 
biomarker data generated to date, supported by emerging evidence in the scientific literature, we believe MRx0518 has the potential to 
enhance the positive clinical outcomes achieved by Bavencio® for patients in this treatment setting. We have now commenced clinical trial 
initiation activities and at the time of writing are screening patients. 
In addition to our progress in the clinic and our collaborations with MRx0518, we also believe our approach using MicroRx® to select single 
strains could have impacts in other oncology treatment settings. Expanding our oncology portfolio, in July 2021 we announced the publication 
of preclinical research in Nature Communications (Luu, et al., 2021) relating to the ability of MRx1299 to enhance the anti-tumor efficacy  
of cancer cell therapies such as CAR-T in animal models. 
Asthma 
Having previously presented clinical data supporting the use of MicroRx® to identify LBPs to stimulate the immune system via the gut for  
the treatment of cancers, in 2021 we generated the first clinical data validating the use of MicroRx® to identify and select single strain LBPs 
which have an anti-inflammatory effect, with lead clinical program MRx-4DP0004 for the treatment of asthma. Preclinically, of particular 
interest was the ability of MRx-4DP0004 to reduce levels of both neutrophils and eosinophils in the lung. These cells represent the two major 
inflammatory pathways associated with asthma. 
Asthma represents a serious global health burden affecting over 260 million people worldwide (WHO, 2021). It is a heterogeneous disease 
consisting of numerous clinical phenotypes, driven by different underlying biology and inflammatory processes. Current therapeutic options 
are not effective in all patients, and biologics approved for more severe patients mainly address inflammation associated with eosinophils. 
Thus, there remains a significant unmet need for new treatment options. The goal for asthma patients and the clinicians who treat them is 
better control and reduced reliance on rescue medications such as short acting beta agonists (SABA), and ultimately a better quality of life 
for patients. 
In December 2021, we reported topline clinical results from Part A of our Phase I/II placebo-controlled trial of MRx-4DP0004 in patients with 
partly controlled asthma. MRx-4DP0004 was dosed alongside patients’ regular medication of inhaled corticosteroid (ICS) with or without 
long-acting beta agonist (LABA). 
As a first-in-human study, the primary goal of Part A was to demonstrate the safety and tolerability of MRx-4DP0004 as an add-on therapy, 
but we were also able to investigate a number of secondary endpoints evaluating its clinical activity in patients. The trial achieved the primary 
endpoint, showing MRx-4DP0004 to be safe and well tolerated, as has been the case for all 4D pharma’s clinical-stage LBPs to date. 
Further, the results also showed that, compared to placebo, those receiving MRx-4DP0004 had improved quality of life and greater control  
of their asthma, demonstrated by a reduction of SABA rescue inhaler use and a greater proportion of patients showing a reduction in ACQ-6 
score (a clinically validated tool widely used to measure asthma control in trials and clinical practice) from baseline. The improvements in 
ACQ-6 are particularly encouraging, as although Part A was not intended to be powered for significance, the proportion of patients with 
improvements in ACQ-6 scores was statistically significant across all timepoints. This gives us confidence as we move into Part B, in which 
the primary endpoint will be the proportion of patients showing a reduction in the ACQ-6 score. 
Following these topline results, in early 2022 we hosted a virtual event with Key Opinion Leader (KOL) and Chief Investigator of the  
MRx-4DP0004 Phase I/II study, Professor Chris Brightling, which highlighted the potentially broad utility of MRx-4DP0004 across the 
spectrum of asthma severity and different inflammatory phenotypes. 
These highly encouraging clinical results for MRx-4DP0004 are not only a world first and important milestone for the microbiome 
therapeutics field in respiratory disease, but also provide clinical validation of the potential of the MicroRx® platform to identify and develop 
single strain LBPs with potent systemic activity on the human immune system. 
Irritable Bowel Syndrome (IBS) 
In late 2020, we announced topline results from our Phase II placebo-controlled signal finding study in IBS patients to evaluate the efficacy  
of Blautix®, uniquely in both IBS-C (constipation predominant) and IBS-D (diarrhea predominant).  
In 2021, at Digestive Disease Week (DDW), we presented further analyses of the clinical data which revealed particularly strong activity on 
the key symptom of abnormal bowel habit (stool frequency in IBS-C or stool consistency in IBS-D). This is particularly pertinent because 
published FDA guidelines state that bowel habit can serve as an approvable primary endpoint in pivotal studies. 
The additional analyses also revealed that the topline results were impacted by a high placebo response rate in patients in the UK and 
Ireland, with enhanced positive signals seen in the larger US patient population representing approximately two-thirds of the patients enrolled 
in the Phase II trial. The activity of Blautix® relative to placebo in this study was competitive with approved therapeutics for IBS-C and IBS-D, 
though Blautix® is the only potential therapeutic with activity in both subtypes, while demonstrating a highly favourable placebo-like safety profile.  
Following the successful Phase II trial 4D pharma has engaged with regulators and potential partners regarding next steps for Blautix® towards a 
potential pivotal program in IBS, seeking to address a significant unmet need for a safe and innovative therapy across IBS subtypes. 
 
 

4D pharma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2021 
 
 
 
9 
Strategic report: Chairperson and CEO’s statement (continued) 
 
Parkinson’s 
Over 10 million people are currently living with Parkinson’s, and this figure is only expected to grow as the global population ages.  
The cornerstone of Parkinson’s treatment for over half a century has been focused on replacing deficient dopamine in the brain caused  
by the loss of the nerves which normally produce it. This has some success in treating the symptoms but does not address the underlying 
causes of neurodegeneration. Its effects also tend to wear off over time and their long-term use results in significant side effects. There is 
therefore a great need for new and more effective treatments which address the underlying causes of the condition, not simply the symptoms. 
4D pharma is seeking to impact key disease processes via the gut-brain axis. Key targets in the drive to develop a novel therapeutic include 
addressing mitochondrial dysfunction and oxidative stress, neuroinflammation, production of neurotrophic factors, and ultimately neuroprotection. 
Using MicroRx®, 4D pharma has identified two unique strains, MRx0029 and MRx0005, which have shown activity in preclinical animal 
models of Parkinson’s disease, with positive impacts on these key aspects of Parkinson’s pathology.  
Throughout 2021 and into 2022, we have continued to make great progress towards the clinic, and in February 2022 the FDA cleared the 
investigational new drug (IND) applications for both MRx0005 and MRx0029 for the treatment of Parkinson’s. We now expect to start our 
first-in-human clinical trial of both candidates in people with Parkinson’s in 2022. 
At 4D pharma we recognize the need to involve people affected by Parkinson’s at every stage of research in order to bring novel and 
transformational treatment to people with Parkinson’s. We are proud to have entered into collaborations with leading partners, with The 
Michael J. Fox Foundation as an Industry Partner of the Parkinson’s Progression Markers Initiative, and with Parkinson’s UK to establish a 
Patient Advisory Board to better understand Parkinson’s disease and provide vital insight to help guide the development of our LBP candidates. 
Other research and development activity 
In addition to our progress in the clinic on multiple fronts generating in-patient data to support our thesis of using single strains to  
drive therapeutic activity, we continue to use our MicroRx® platform to both support our internal pipeline and to collaborate with the 
pharmaceutical industry.  
We continue to advance our ground-breaking collaboration with MSD in the field of vaccines. This collaboration, which is associated with 
potential milestone payments totaling over $1 billion across up to three undisclosed indications, utilizes MicroRx® to discover and develop 
Live Biotherapeutics for vaccines. In 2021 we continued to make good progress in this collaboration. 
As with any new pharmaceutical modality, reliable, consistent, scalable, clinical-grade manufacturing can be a hurdle to progress. At 4D pharma, 
we invested early in understanding and resolving this issue, investing in our in-house cGMP-certified production facility. We have successfully 
conducted the manufacturing optimization and scale-up of multiple unique LBPs, allowing us to progress four candidates into clinical trials  
to date. Our LBPs are produced by a reliable, repeatable process, delivering a consistent and stable product. 
As Live Biotherapeutics advance into later stages of clinical trials and towards commercialization, the knowledge, skills and facilities needed 
to produce cGMP clinical product is increasingly being seen as a true advantage for developers. This also provides further evidence to 
support the thesis of single strain LBPs in particular, as we continue to show a leading position in our strategy and capabilities for the 
manufacturing of LBPs.  
Impact of COVID-19 
As with many industries, our Company felt the impact of the ongoing COVID-19 pandemic during 2021. Recruitment and retention of  
patients into clinical trials, dosing, and collection of data were negatively impacted by lockdowns and other government enforced restrictions, 
precautions and staff shortages at clinical sites and external providers such as CROs, and general reluctance among the patient population 
during the pandemic. 
These factors have led to delays in readouts from some of our clinical trials and regulatory interactions. For example, enrolment for our 
Phase I/II clinical trial of MRx-4DP0004 in asthma was impacted due to factors associated with the COVID-19 pandemic, which delayed 
expected preliminary data for this clinical trial. Similarly, regulatory interactions regarding next steps for Blautix® in IBS were delayed as a 
result of the pandemic. 
As we have seen with the arrival and spread of new variants over the last two years, the trajectory of the pandemic remains uncertain.  
We continue to assess the impact that COVID-19 will have going forward on our ability to effectively conduct business operations as 
planned. We continue to take steps to mitigate disruption where possible, for example enabling a significant proportion of our employees  
to telecommute and implementing other technology solutions to minimize disruption. 
Corporate development activities 
In March we completed our merger with special purpose acquisition company (SPAC) Longevity Acquisition Corp. and Nasdaq listing 
(Nasdaq: LBPS), accessing $14.8 million in the process. In conjunction, we completed a private placement raising gross proceeds of 
approximately $25 million, with an additional subscription by Duncan Peyton (Chief Executive Officer) and Dr. Alex Stevenson (Chief Scientific 
Officer) for an additional $2.0 million of new ordinary shares. 
In addition to capital raised during the Nasdaq listing, 4D pharma further strengthened its financial position closing a senior secured credit 
facility for up to $30 million. The initial $12.5 million tranche was drawn down at closing, with an additional $17.5 million available on 
achievement of certain milestones. 
Alongside the Company’s progression onto Nasdaq, we looked to strengthen our management team and Board of Directors with additional 
expertise and experience of the US market. In March 2021 we appointed John Beck as Chief Financial Officer (CFO) and it was with great 
sadness that John suddenly passed away in July. John truly believed that 4D was pioneering and brought his invaluable financial and 
pharmaceutical experience in bringing 4D to Nasdaq. He left an indelible mark on the 4D community and is missed by the entire team. 
Since the period end, in January 2022 we announced the appointment of John Doyle as our new CFO. John brings over 15 years of experience 
leading and developing the financial operations, strategy and investor relations functions at public healthcare companies and has already 
made valuable contributions to the Company’s strategic outlook. 
Further strengthening our Board, we appointed Paul Maier as Non-Executive Director, with Mr. Maier also serving as a member of our  
Audit and Risk Committee and the Company's ‘audit committee financial expert’ under SEC and Nasdaq rules. 

4D pharma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2021 
 
 
 
10 
Strategic report: Chairperson and CEO’s statement (continued) 
 
Future outlook 
We look ahead to building on our understanding of how 4D pharma can unlock the power of the microbiome to develop safe and innovative 
novel therapeutics for serious disease.  
Building on a strong foundation of clinical data in multiple diverse indications validating our single strain LBP approach, in 2022 and beyond 
we will continue to generate yet more data demonstrating the potential of this new class of drug to treat serious systemic diseases. 
Meanwhile we will continue our innovative research, driven by the MicroRx® platform and our in-house development and manufacturing 
capabilities, to explore additional opportunities for Live Biotherapeutics such as our pioneering work in new areas of cancer therapy, and 
working with world-leading partners in innovative collaborations. 
The work we do both clinically and preclinically is delivering on the promise of using the microbiome to treat systemic disease, and building 
long-term value in the MicroRx® platform. We look forward to the continued positive evolution we have observed in the wider field in recent 
months, such as an increased appreciation of the need for mechanistic understanding for the future of LBP development, and awareness  
of the critical importance of reliable manufacturing in delivering this as a viable new class of drug. 
Information about the Group’s employees 
Information about the Group’s employees can be found in our Corporate Governance Report on page 30. The Board has a good relationship 
with the Group’s employees. The Board maintains constructive dialogue with employees through the Chief Executive Officer and other 
Executive and senior management positions, through virtual ‘town hall’ all-employee meetings and video conference calls in which 
management provides updates on strategic progress, and which serve as a forum for answering questions from employees. The Group 
utilizes multiple internal communications technologies and channels to facilitate communication and collaboration.  
The Group is committed to providing a safe and healthy working environment for its employees and to avoiding adverse impact and injury to 
the environment and the communities in which we do business. To achieve this, Group employees must comply with all applicable external 
environmental, health and safety laws and other regulations as well as our own internal standards. 
Environmental matters 
We currently conduct research, development and manufacturing activities in our in-house facilities. We also work with suppliers and service 
providers to support our activities. These activities are subject to various environmental, health and safety laws and regulations, which govern, 
among other things, the controlled use, handling, release and disposal of, including the maintenance of a registry for, hazardous materials 
and biological materials. If we or our partners fail to comply with such laws and regulations, we could be subject to fines or other sanctions. 
As with other companies engaged in similar activities, we face a risk of environmental liability that is inherent in our current and historical 
activities, including liability relating to releases of or exposure to hazardous or biological materials. Environmental, health and safety laws 
and regulations are becoming more stringent. We may be required to incur substantial expenses in connection with future environmental 
compliance or remediation activities, in which case, production and development efforts being carried out by ourselves and our partners 
relating to our products may be interrupted or delayed. 
A report on energy consumption and related emissions is included on pages 52 to 53. 
Section 172 Companies Act 2006  
Under section 172 of the Companies Act 2006, the Directors believe that they have acted in a way they consider, in good faith, would 
promote the sustainable success of the Group, having regard for the stakeholders and matters set out in section 172, in the decisions  
taken during the year ended 31 December 2021. 
As set out within the content of this Annual Report, the Directors have considered the following matters throughout the year and in 
formulating the future strategy of the business: 
• 
the likely long-term consequences of any decision, as set out within our Business Strategy and Chairperson and CEO’s Statement  
on pages 7 to 11; 
• 
the interests of the Group’s employees as set out within our Corporate Governance Report on page 30; 
• 
the need to foster and maintain business relationships with collaborators, suppliers and others on page 30; 
• 
the impact of the Group’s operations on the community and the environment, as set out within our summary of environmental matters 
on pages 52 to 53; 
• 
the desirability of the Group maintaining a reputation for high standards of business conduct on page 30; and 
• 
the need to act fairly and in the best interests of shareholders of the Group, as set out within our Corporate Governance Report on page 
28 to 31. 
The Board maintains a healthy dialogue with all of its stakeholders and values regular communications with its various stakeholder groups, 
and aims to ensure that all communications concerning the Group’s activities are timely, clear, fair and accurate. 
The Board recognises the need to, and strives to, promote a corporate culture based on strong ethical and moral values, maintaining high 
standards of integrity and probity in the conduct of the Group’s operations. This culture is promoted throughout its employees and relevant 
suppliers and contractors and is underpinned by the implementation and regular review, enforcement and documentation of relevant policies, 
including health and safety and environmental policies and share dealing and anti-corruption policies. 
Directors seek to speak with institutional shareholders at least twice a year and the Board’s engagement with shareholders has influenced 
our capital structure. The Group also takes into consideration shareholder views and interests in its decision making. We have increased 
engagement with private investors through a number of channels, and endeavour to respond to all reasonable queries from investors to  
the best of our ability and within the limits of confidential or inside information. 
 
 

4D pharma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2021 
 
 
 
11 
Strategic report: Chairperson and CEO’s statement (continued) 
 
Section 172 Companies Act 2006 (continued) 
We have enhanced internal communication channels to better recognize and celebrate the achievements of our employees, while 
also providing additional opportunities for our employees to voice thoughts directly to senior management. The Company supports our 
employees’ ongoing professional development through qualifications and other skills development. The Group is committed to providing  
a safe environment for its employees and all other relevant parties for which the Group is responsible. The Company’s management team 
regularly monitors the Group’s cultural environment and seeks to address any concerns that may arise, escalating these to Board level 
as necessary. 
As we progress drug candidates into and through the clinic, the Group has increased its engagement with patient advocacy groups and 
disease-focused charitable foundations to ensure our work is aligned with the interests and needs of real-world patients. Similarly, engagement 
with regulators and Key Opinion Leaders (KOLs) to discuss our clinical plans and results is central to informing our development strategy. 
We have hosted multiple publicly available discussions with KOLs, to better disseminate these conversations to wider audiences including 
but not limited to our investors, the general public and media. 
The Board engages with our partners regularly and at key milestones or decision points to review progress, maximize effectiveness and 
ensure equitable satisfaction of the collaborations’ objectives. 
We prioritize maintaining good relationships with our suppliers by contracting, where practicable and appropriate, on their standard business 
terms and paying them in accordance with the relevant terms agreed. We interact regularly with our key suppliers, to ensure that planned 
projects are proceeding smoothly, cost-effectively and in accordance with agreed timelines. By doing so, we ensure that the company’s 
objectives and aims our aligned with those of our key suppliers. 
Prof. Axel Glasmacher 
Non-Executive Chairperson 
31 March 2022 
 
Duncan Peyton 
Chief Executive Officer 
31 March 2022 
 
 

4D pharma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2021 
 
 
 
12 
Strategic report: Business overview 
 
Oncology 
Our lead product candidate in our immuno-oncology program is MRx0518. This candidate is now being assessed in three clinical trials,  
and to the best of our knowledge has delivered the first proof-of-concept data of a Live Biotherapeutic in a cancer setting. 
MRx0518 is currently being assessed in the following clinical trials: 
• 
in combination with anti-PD-1 immune checkpoint inhibitor Keytruda® in patients with solid tumors that are resistant to prior ICIs,  
in collaboration with MSD; 
• 
as a monotherapy treatment in the neoadjuvant setting in patients undergoing surgical resection of solid tumors; and 
• 
in combination with hypofractionated radiotherapy in the neoadjuvant setting in patients with potentially resectable pancreatic cancer. 
Phase I/II clinical trial: MRx0518 in combination with Keytruda® in solid tumors refractory to prior ICI 
MRx0518 is being evaluated in an ongoing Phase I/II clinical trial in solid tumors in combination with ICI Keytruda® in patients with 
metastatic solid tumors that are refractory to prior anti-PD-1/PD-L1 ICI therapy. This trial is a clinical collaboration with MSD (a tradename  
of Merck & Co., Inc., Kenilworth, N.J., USA). All patients enrolled in this clinical trial had previously responded to ICIs, and then developed 
resistance and progressive disease. The clinical trial evaluates whether the combination of MRx0518 and Keytruda® can affect a response 
in patients with resistance to ICIs thus turning non-responders into responders, in addition to safety of MRx0518 in combination with an ICI. 
The trial is formed of two parts. Part A was an initial safety phase in 12 patients with RCC or NSCLC, which evaluated the safety and 
tolerability of the combination with MRx0518 and Keytruda®. Patients enrolled in Part A are eligible to remain on study treatment for up  
to two years to evaluate clinical benefit. In 2020 we announced the successful completion of Part A and the initiation of Part B of the study. 
In February 2021, we reported that target tumor reductions in Part B patients have been observed as patients reach the first scheduled 
restaging timepoint (nine weeks). These include the first signals of anti-tumor activity for the combination in bladder cancer, adding to the 
previously reported activity in renal cell carcinoma (RCC) and non-small cell lung cancer (NSCLC) in patients in Part A. 
At the European Society for Medical Oncology (ESMO) Congress, in September 2021, we presented new biomarker data from the clinical 
trial, which identified tumor biomarkers at baseline which were associated with clinical benefit in patients treated with the combination of 
MRx0518 and Keytruda® compared to patients who experienced progressive disease. Patients who achieved clinical benefit from the 
combination of MRx0518 with Keytruda®, defined as a complete response, partial response or stable disease for at least six months, had 
significantly greater densities of regulatory T cells (Tregs) and proliferating T cells (CD3+KI67+) in their tumors at baseline, compared to 
patients with progressive disease. In addition, significantly lower densities of CD68+ macrophages at baseline were observed in the tumor 
microenvironment of patients achieving clinical benefit compared to patients with progressive disease. 
This data indicates the potential for MRx0518 to overcome Treg-mediated acquired resistance to cancer treatment, and presents a 
biomarker potentially able to identify patients most likely to respond to immunotherapy based on MRx0518. Further biomarker analyses are 
ongoing for additional patients recruited into the study. 
Part B of the study is ongoing, expected to enrol up to 120 patients. After the period end, in March 2022, we announced that the RCC group 
in Part B had achieved the primary endpoint. As of 23 March 2021, the study had enrolled 20 patients with RCC, of which four out of the first 
16 evaluable patients have achieved clinical benefit, each having achieved at least six months of stable disease. To date, Part B of the study 
has enrolled 47 patients of up to a total of 120 patients with RCC, non-small cell lung cancer, bladder cancer, and head and neck squamous 
cell carcinoma. MRx0518 continues to be safe and well tolerated. 
Phase I clinical trial: MRx0518 as a neoadjuvant monotherapy 
We also have an ongoing Phase I clinical trial of MRx0518 as a neoadjuvant monotherapy in patients undergoing surgical resection of  
solid tumors, which is being conducted at Imperial College London. MRx0518 was dosed as a monotherapy for two to four weeks prior  
to resection. Changes in systemic immune and intratumoral biomarkers were analyzed to assess the effect of MRx0518 monotherapy on 
immune cell populations and gene expression over the dosing period. Initial results from Part A of this trial were announced in Q4 2020. 
At the ESMO Congress 2021 we presented additional biomarker results from the patients enrolled in Part A of the study. The new data 
shows neoadjuvant MRx0518 treatment for just two to four weeks is associated with significant gene and metagene signature changes in 
solid tumors. Gene expression profiling of paired tumor samples pre- and post-MRx0518 monotherapy across multiple solid tumor types 
showed that treatment with MRx0518 was associated with increases in anti-tumor immune activity including antigen presentation, innate 
immune processes, and interferon response. Analysis of paired tumor samples pre- and post-treatment also identified significant increases  
in mast cells, Th1, CD8+ T cell, neutrophil, endothelial cell and inflammatory chemokine metagene signatures following MRx0518 monotherapy. 
Effects were particularly pronounced in the cohort of breast cancer patients, with significant increases observed in total and activated 
dendritic cells, CD8+ T cells and cytotoxic cells in the tumor micro-environment. Functional metagene analysis also identified positive 
changes in prognostic indicators and metagene signatures predictive of response to immunotherapy in patients with breast cancer, including 
inflammatory chemokines, cytotoxicity, lymphoid scores, and the Tumor Inflammation Signature (TIS), an immune signature demonstrated  
to retrospectively predict clinical benefit of anti-PD-(L)1 ICI therapy efficacy in various cancer types. 
The immune biomarker data from this study of MRx0518 as a monotherapy, dosed over a short period of just two to four weeks, demonstrates 
the potent activity of this oral Live Biotherapeutic directly on the human immune system and tumor microenvironment, and the positive 
implications for clinical outcomes. Additional analyses from this study are ongoing. 
 
 

4D pharma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2021 
 
 
 
13 
Strategic report: Business overview (continued) 
 
Oncology (continued) 
Phase I clinical trial: MRx0518 as a neoadjuvant monotherapy in combination with radiotherapy  
A third clinical trial of MRx0518 is ongoing in combination with hypofractionated radiotherapy for resectable pancreatic ductal adenocarcinoma 
(PDAC). This study is being conducted under our strategic collaboration with the University of Texas MD Anderson Cancer Center. This 
open-label, Phase I clinical trial will treat 15 potentially resectable pancreatic ductal adenocarcinoma (PDAC) patients for approximately six 
to nine weeks, before, during and after a course of hypofractionated radiation until resection. The clinical trial is evaluating the safety of 
MRx0518 with radiation and whether MRx0518 can elicit an immunogenic profile that may be beneficial in decreasing systemic failure and 
improving local control. Efficacy outcomes will include incidence of major pathologic response, tumor infiltrating lymphocytes, overall survival, 
progression-free survival, local control, distant control and margin status. The study will evaluate immune infiltrates and stromal cells within and 
near the tumor as well as evaluating circulating immune cells, tumor cells and tumor DNA. Study treatment has been well tolerated to date. 
Recruitment has been impacted by COVID-19 and we expect to complete recruitment in 2022. 
Phase II clinical trial: MRx0518 in combination with Bavencio® as a first-line maintenance therapy for locally 
advanced or metastatic urothelial carcinoma 
In February 2021, the Company announced a clinical trial collaboration and supply agreement with Merck KGaA, Darmstadt, Germany,  
and Pfizer Inc. for Bavencio® (avelumab), the first and only immunotherapy approved as a first-line maintenance treatment for patients with 
locally advanced or metastatic urothelial carcinoma. Under the collaboration, 4D pharma is conducting a clinical trial to evaluate Bavencio®  
in combination with MRx0518 as a first-line maintenance therapy for patients with locally advanced or metastatic urothelial carcinoma that 
has not progressed with first-line platinum-containing chemotherapy. This study is expected to commence in 2022. 
Continuing to expand our oncology pipeline 
In addition to lead oncology candidate MRx0518, we have second generation oncology LBP candidates in preclinical development, such  
as MRx1299, which have differentiated mechanisms of action to MRx0518 that may be suitable for the treatment of additional tumor types. 
MRx1299 is a strain of Megasphaera massiliensis. In July 2021, we and our collaborators at the Philipps-University Marburg, Germany, and 
Universitätsklinikum Würzburg, Germany, published preclinical research relating to MRx1299 improving the activity of CAR-T. The research, 
published in Nature Communications demonstrates the ability of Megasphaera massiliensis or its short chain fatty acid (SCFA) metabolite 
pentanoate to enhance the anti-tumor activity of cytotoxic T lymphocytes (CTL) and chimeric antigen receptor T cell (CAR-T) therapies in 
animal models of cancer, resulting in better tumor clearance. 4D pharma identified M. massiliensis MRx1299 using its MicroRx® platform and 
previously showed MRx1299 to have specific histone deacetylase (HDAC) inhibitory activity and be a rare prolific producer of pentanoate. 
We continue to evaluate MRx1299 preclinically to further demonstrate its anti-tumor therapeutic activity and investigate its anti-cancer 
mechanism of action. 
The new preclinical data for a novel oncology LBP demonstrates not only the importance of Live Biotherapeutics as a new modality 
potentially able to revolutionize the treatment of a wide range of cancers, but also the power of our MicroRx® platform to continue making 
significant discoveries and advances in this field. 
Irritable bowel syndrome (IBS) 
4D pharma’s most advanced therapeutic candidate is Blautix® (MRx1234), and single strain Live Biotherapeutic which has demonstrated  
a placebo-like safety profile and unique activity in two major subtypes of irritable bowel syndrome (IBS), constipation-predominant (IBS-C) 
and diarrhea-predominant (IBS-D), in a Phase II clinical trial. 
Phase II clinical trial: Blautix® for irritable bowel syndrome with diarrhea (IBS-D) or with constipation (IBS-C) 
In Q4 2020 we completed a Phase II clinical trial investigating the efficacy of Blautix® in the treatment of irritable bowel syndrome (IBS).  
The primary efficacy endpoint of the trial was based on whether or not a subject, from either the IBS-C or IBS-D cohorts, was considered  
an overall responder. For a subject to be classed as an ‘overall responder’ they must have reported an improvement in their weekly (cohort 
specific) symptoms (abdominal pain intensity and stool frequency or consistency) for ≥50% of the treatment period. In addition, secondary 
endpoints included the proportion of ‘abdominal pain intensity responders’, proportion of ‘stool frequency responders’ in the IBS-C cohort  
or the proportion of ‘stool consistency responders’ in the IBS-D cohort. 
Topline results first announced in late 2020 showed Blautix® achieved a statistically significant increase in overall response in the  
pre-planned analysis of the combined IBS-C/D group compared to placebo, and a positive, though non-significant, increase in overall 
response in both IBS-C and IBS-D cohorts individually.  
In May 2021, we presented additional positive data from the Phase II study at Digestive Disease Week (DDW). Further analysis of the 
clinical data revealed particularly strong efficacy in the key symptom of bowel habit, a potential approvable primary endpoint per FDA 
guidelines, which was statistically significant in IBS-D (Blautix® 62.0% vs placebo 47.4%, p=0.042), and nearing significance in IBS-C 
(Blautix® 53.8% vs placebo 39.3%, p=0.054). Post-hoc analysis of the data by geographical region shows that earlier topline results were 
impacted by an unusually high placebo response in patients in the UK and Ireland, and enhanced positive signals were seen in the larger  
US population. 
In addition, in December 2021, we presented new fecal microbiome analyses from the Phase II trial at Gastro 2021. Treatment with Blautix® 
led to structural changes in the gut microbiota of patients with IBS-C and IBS-D. These changes did not occur in placebo treatment groups. 
Blautix® treatment led to greater increases in interconnectivity between taxa than in the placebo-treated group, also in both IBS-C and IBS-D 
cohorts. Blautix® (Blautia hydrogenotrophica) was associated with a subnetwork of multiple taxa showing high connectivity and ultimately 
impacting the overall microbiome structure, also in both IBS-C and IBS-D patients. The additional microbiome analyses represent an 
interesting and important finding, coupled with the positive clinical outcomes further establishing the mechanisms through which Blautix® 
exerts its beneficial effects in both IBS-C and IBS-D. The results show that administration of a single strain Live Biotherapeutic can have 
significant positive effects on the composition and structure of the microbiome in these patients. 
 
 

4D pharma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2021 
 
 
 
14 
Strategic report: Business overview (continued) 
 
Irritable bowel syndrome (IBS) (continued) 
Phase II clinical trial: Blautix® for irritable bowel syndrome with diarrhea (IBS-D) or with constipation (IBS-C) 
(continued) 
The trial was intended as a signal finding Phase II study, to generate a signal of activity in both IBS-C and IBS-D and generate the clinical 
data to inform the design of a Phase III pivotal program towards registration. We believe the Phase II results provide a strong foundation  
for the continued development of Blautix® as the first therapeutic with the potential to treat all major subtypes of IBS. The Phase II data  
forms the basis of regulatory engagement around the design of a potential Phase III pivotal trial. 
Respiratory disease 
MicroRx® enabled the discovery of MRx-4DP0004, a Live Biotherapeutic candidate with unique effects on inflammation, particularly in the 
lungs. MRx-4DP0004 demonstrates an ability to address both neutrophilic and eosinophilic lung inflammation concurrently.  
Phase I/II clinical trial: MRx-4DP0004 for partly controlled asthma 
MRx-4DP0004 is in an ongoing Phase I/II first-in-human, multi-center, double-blind, placebo-controlled two-part clinical trial in patients with 
partly controlled asthma, as an add-on therapy to their long-term maintenance asthma medication of inhaled corticosteroid with or without 
long-acting beta agonist. The trial assesses the safety and tolerability of MRx-4DP0004, in addition to clinical endpoints relating to asthma 
control, quality of life, lung function, and exacerbations, in addition to a wide panel of host and microbiome biomarkers that will contribute  
to developing our mechanistic understanding of the candidate in patients. The trial is being conducted in two parts. The primary endpoint of 
Part A was to evaluate the safety and tolerability of MRx-4DP0004, with secondary endpoints to evaluate clinical activity and inform Part B. 
In December 2021 we announced positive topline results from Part A of the clinical trial, and in January 2022 reported additional details of 
these results. Part A met the primary endpoint, the safety and tolerability profile of MRx-4DP0004 was comparable to placebo and no serious 
adverse events (SAEs) related to treatment were reported. In addition, MRx-4DP0004 generated encouraging signals of clinical activity in a 
number of key secondary endpoints of efficacy, which support progression into Part B of the study. At the end of treatment, 83.3% of patients 
receiving MRx-4DP0004 experienced reductions in ACQ-6 score, compared to 56.3% in the placebo arm. Moreover, at the end of treatment, 
50.0% of patients receiving MRx-4DP0004 experienced reductions from baseline in ACQ-6 scores of 0.5 or more, compared to 37.5% in the 
placebo arm. In addition, at the end of treatment, 50.0% of patients receiving MRx-4DP0004 reduced their use of SABA, compared to 18.8% 
of patients receiving placebo. Overreliance on SABA rescue medication is associated with a greater risk of exacerbations, hospitalizations 
and mortality, and reduced SABA use is a key indicator of improved asthma control. 50.0% of patients receiving MRx-4DP0004 experienced 
a clinically meaningful increase in Asthma Quality of Life Questionnaire (AQLQ) scores of ≥0.5 at the end of treatment, compared to 31.3% 
receiving placebo. MRx-4DP0004-treated patients’ quality of life continued to improve over the treatment period. Mean measures of lung 
function including forced expiratory volume in the first second (FEV1, percentage of predicted), peak expiratory flow (PEF), and ratio of  
FEV1 to forced vital capacity (FEV1/FVC) for both MRx-4DP0004 and placebo treatment arms generally remained within normal ranges  
from baseline to end of treatment. One of 18 patients (5.6%) randomized to MRx-4DP0004 experienced an asthma exacerbation, compared 
to two of 16 patients (12.5%) randomized to placebo. 
To our knowledge, this is the world’s first positive clinical data for a single strain Live Biotherapeutic for the treatment of asthma. Part B of the 
trial will enroll up to 90 patients and will assess clinical efficacy in addition to exploratory immune and microbiome biomarkers. The proportion 
of patients with reductions in ACQ-6 score at the end of treatment will be the primary endpoint for Part B of the Phase I/II trial. 
Nasdaq listing 
On 22 March 2021, our previously announced proposed merger with Longevity Acquisition Corp., a special purpose acquisition company 
(SPAC) completed, and the listing of 4D pharma American Depositary Shares (ADSs) on Nasdaq became effective under the ticker ‘LBPS’ 
and the related warrants began trading under the ticker ‘LBPSW’ the following day. As a result of the combination with Longevity, the 
Company benefitted from $14.8 million in gross cash held by Longevity ($11.6 million or £ 8.4 million net). In addition, 4D pharma could also 
benefit from the proceeds of Longevity warrants which have now been converted to purchase shares in the Company. Details of the final 
transaction are included in note 13. 
Also in March 2021, we completed a private placement of new ordinary shares with US institutional investors, accredited investors and 
Merck Sharp and Dohme Corp raising approximately £18.01 million ($25.03 million) in gross proceeds (approximately £16.9 million net  
of fees) with a further £1.44 million ($2.0 million) as subscriptions from Duncan Peyton (CEO) and Dr. Alex Stevenson (CSO). 
Credit facility with Oxford Finance 
In July 2021 we announced the closing of a senior secured credit facility for up to $30 million with Oxford Finance LLC, a specialty finance 
firm that provides senior debt to life sciences and healthcare services companies. The credit facility provides access to additional capital 
strengthening the Company’s financial position and increasing our financial flexibility. This financing provides 4D pharma with up to  
$30 million of cash in three tranches: an initial tranche of $12.5 million at closing, with the remaining $7.5 million and $10 million tranches 
dependent on the achievement of certain milestones. The facility will require 4D pharma to make monthly interest-only payments through  
to 1 September 2023, or, subject to the achievement of development milestones, 1 September 2024. 4D pharma has also granted  
Oxford Finance a warrant, exercisable for five years from 29 July 2021, to subscribe for 212,568 new ordinary shares in the Company  
at $1.18 per share. Further warrants will be granted to Oxford Finance as further tranches are drawn down. 
 
 

4D pharma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2021 
 
 
 
15 
Strategic report: Business overview (continued) 
 
Future outlook 
With net proceeds from the Longevity merger completed in March 2021, the fundraise completed in March 2021, the overdraft facility in 
Spain, and the first tranche of the credit facility with Oxford Finance announced in July 2021, 4D pharma is funded to Q4 2022, providing  
the Company sufficient balance sheet strength and runway to deliver on a number of our short- to medium-term clinical and strategic goals. 
The Directors have prepared detailed financial forecasts and cash flows looking beyond 12 months from the date of the approval of these 
financial statements. In developing these forecasts, the Directors have made assumptions based upon their view of the current and future 
economic conditions that are expected to prevail over the forecast period and believe that the current cash position of the Group will be 
sufficient to support the Group into quarter four of 2022. The Directors are continuing to explore sources of finance available to the Group 
and have a reasonable expectation that they will be able to secure sufficient cash inflows into the Group to continue its activities for not less 
than 12 months from the date of approval of these accounts. They have therefore prepared the financial statements on a going concern 
basis.  
Because the additional finance is not committed at the date of approval of these financial statements, these circumstances represent a 
material uncertainty as to the Group’s ability to continue as a going concern. Should the Group be unable to obtain further finance such that 
the going concern basis of preparation were no longer appropriate, adjustments would be required including to reduce the balance sheet 
values of assets to their recoverable amounts, and to provide for future liabilities that may arise. 
A report on energy consumption and related emissions is included on pages 52 to 53. 
Prof. Axel Glasmacher 
 
Duncan Peyton 
Non-Executive Chairperson  
Chief Executive Officer 
31 March 2022 
 
 
31 March 2022 
 
 

4D pharma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2021 
 
 
 
16 
Strategic report: Financial review 
 
Key performance indicators 
We track a series of metrics focused primarily on science and product development whilst ensuring that the business maintains both 
sufficient resources and effective allocation of those resources to achieve our strategic goals. The Board and management of 4D pharma 
monitor the following metrics as an indicator of how we are progressing towards the goal of advancing our Live Biotherapeutic programs: 
1. 
Clinical trials initiated by phase – Clinical trials are essential in converting the productivity and potential of our MicroRx® platform  
and early-stage research into long-term value. Prior to 2019, we had initiated two Phase I clinical studies and one Phase II study. 
During 2019 we initiated three clinical studies, including one Phase I study in oncology and two Phase I/II studies, in oncology and 
asthma. In 2020 we commenced two new clinical trials, of which one was Phase I and one was Phase II. No new clinical studies were 
initiated in the year ended 31 December 2021.  
2. 
Successful clinical trials – We are a drug development company and will realize long-term value by successfully progressing its 
candidates through the clinic to registration and approval. Prior to 2019 we had completed two Phase I clinical trials. No studies were 
completed in 2019. During 2020, we completed a Phase II trial in IBS, Part A of the Phase I/II clinical study of MRx0518 with Keytruda® 
in oncology, and Part A of a Phase I trial of MRx0518 as a neoadjuvant monotherapy in oncology. The two studies of MRx0518 remain 
ongoing. For the year ended 31 December 2021, Part A of a Phase I/II trial in asthma was completed and this study remains ongoing.  
3. 
Strategic collaborations – Collaborations enable us to realize the potential of our platform, leveraging the complementary expertise  
of our partners. Prior to 2019 we had entered into one strategic collaboration, a clinical collaboration with MSD to evaluate MRx0518  
in combination with Keytruda®, an anti-PD-1 ICI marketed by MSD, in patients with metastatic solid tumors that are refractory to prior 
anti-PD-1/PD-L1 therapy. In 2019 we added two new collaborations, a strategic collaboration with the University of Texas MD Anderson 
Cancer Center to evaluate 4D pharma’s Live Biotherapeutic oncology pipeline across a range of cancer settings, and a research collaboration 
and option to license agreement with MSD to discover and develop vaccines derived from our proprietary gut microbiome-derived 
commensal bacteria selected from our culture collection for use in up to three indications, combining our MicroRx® platform with MSD’s 
world-leading expertise in vaccine development. In 2020 we became an industry partner of the Parkinson’s Progression Markers 
Initiative (PPMI), a longitudinal study sponsored by The Michael J. Fox Foundation for Parkinson's Research to better understand 
Parkinson’s disease and accelerate the development of new treatments. In the year ended 31 December 2021 we initiated two 
collaborations. In February 2021 we announced a clinical trial collaboration and supply agreement with Merck KGaA, Darmstadt, 
Germany, and Pfizer Inc. for Bavencio® (avelumab), under which we are initiating a clinical trial to evaluate Bavencio® in combination 
with MRx0518 as a first-line maintenance therapy for patients with locally advanced or metastatic urothelial carcinoma that has not 
progressed with first-line platinum-containing chemotherapy. In April 2021 we announced a collaboration with Parkinson’s UK, a  
non-profit organization focused on advancing the understanding of Parkinson’s disease and improving treatments, to establish a Patient 
Advisory Board (PAB) comprised of people living with Parkinson’s. Supported by Parkinson’s UK, the PAB provides valuable patient-centric 
perspective to 4D pharma as we continue to advance novel Live Biotherapeutics into the clinic to treat neurodegenerative conditions 
such as Parkinson’s, as well as raising awareness of the issues people with Parkinson’s face with current treatment options. 
4. 
Intellectual property portfolio – Intellectual property is essential to our strategy and capturing the value of our world-leading research 
output. We have continued to invest significantly in expanding our intellectual property rights, and by 31 December 2021, had initiated 
69 patent families including over 1,000 granted patents providing coverage for our pipeline and clinical-stage candidates, manufacturing 
innovations and novel diagnostic approaches across major global markets. This is a 3.0% increase over the 67 patent families initiated 
as of the year ended 31 December 2020. 
5. 
Cash and equivalents – We continue to invest capital from our shareholders and partners into supporting research and clinical 
development programs, to generate the critical data to advance this novel modality. See the ‘Liquidity and Capital Resources’ section 
below for additional information. 
6. 
Research and development spend – Investment in research and development (R&D) is central to our progress and returning  
long-term value. Our unique approach allows rapid translation from bench to bedside. For the year ended 31 December 2021, our  
R&D spend was £19.8 million compared to £22.0 million for the year ended 31 December 2020. Whilst we still maintain our strategy  
to invest in our clinical development programs on a long-term basis, the decrease reflects both the periodic nature of expenditure on 
clinical trials and the effects which COVID-19 has had on both patient recruitment and management’s resulting actions to reduce costs. 
Comparison of the year ended 31 December 2021 to the year ended 31 December 2020  
Operating expenses 
We recognize operating expenses as they are incurred in two general categories; general and administrative expenses, and research and 
development expenses. Our operating expenses also include non-cash components related to depreciation and amortization of property and 
equipment, intangibles, and stock-based compensation, which are allocated, as appropriate, to general and administrative expenses and 
research and development expenses.  
General and administrative expenses consist of salaries and related expenses for executive, legal, finance and administrative personnel, as 
well as professional fees, insurance costs, and other general corporate expenses. Management expects general and administrative expenses  
to increase in future periods as we add personnel and incur additional expenses related to an expansion of our research and development 
activities and our operation as a public company listed on two markets, including higher legal, accounting, insurance, compliance, 
compensation and other expenses. 
Patent spend has increased slightly since 2020, increasing by £0.1 million, as we continued to add to our significant patent portfolio whilst 
also reducing the incremental costs to do so. 
Staff costs remained relatively consistent in 2021 and 2020. The remaining effects of the staff cost cutting exercise implemented by management 
during the COVID-19 pandemic reduced average staff numbers and overall payroll costs by £0.3 million though this was offset by additional 
costs associated with the share options scheme implemented in the year.  
 
 

4D pharma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2021 
 
 
 
17 
Strategic report: Financial review (continued) 
 
Comparison of the year ended 31 December 2021 to the year ended 31 December 2020 (continued) 
Operating expenses (continued)  
Our research and development expenses consist primarily of salaries and related personnel expenses, contractual commitments, 
depreciation and amortization, patent costs and other expenses. We charge research and development expenses to operations as they  
are incurred. Costs are not directly tied to a specific product candidate until such product candidate reaches the clinical trial stage. Product 
candidates often have more than one associated clinical trial related to different therapeutic areas or clinical indications. Once a product 
candidate enters a clinical trial, we track costs of such clinical trial but do not track other costs associated with specific clinical indications 
which are pooled.  
The following table discloses the breakdown of research and development expenses: 
 
31 December 
31 December 
 
2021 
2020 
 
£000 
£000 
Contractual commitments including short-term rentals 
5,758 
9,346 
Staff costs 
4,388 
4,522 
Depreciation and amortization 
745 
922 
Patent costs 
4,087 
3,950 
Other MRx research costs 
2,804 
2,346 
Other MDx research costs 
— 
61 
Other manufacturing, research and development costs 
2,036 
894 
Total 
19,818 
22,041 
 
Over the last year we have continued to lead the development of Live Biotherapeutics, further expanding our clinical development activities – 
generating clinical data in multiple indications while launching new trials. Meanwhile, we continued to progress promising new LBP candidates  
in exciting new areas like Parkinson’s disease. While we continue to rapidly progress our proprietary development candidates into and 
through the clinic, we are also leveraging the MicroRx® platform to generate value through partnerships, such as our research collaboration 
with MSD in the vaccines space which serves as an example of the potential of the platform and provides a valuable endorsement from an 
industry-leading partner. 
In 2021 we continued to make good progress across our clinical-stage pipeline, with new clinical readouts as well as clinical biomarker data 
to further develop our understanding of the mechanisms of action of our Live Biotherapeutics. 
After successfully completing Part A of the ongoing Phase I/II study of MRx0518 with Keytruda® in patients with RCC or NSCLC refractory to 
prior ICI therapy, in February we announced the first signals of anti-tumor activity for the combination in bladder cancer in Part B. In addition, 
we presented biomarker data from this study at ESMO 2021 which identified tumor biomarkers at baseline which were associated with 
clinical benefit in patients treated with the combination of MRx0518 and Keytruda® compared to patients who experienced progressive 
disease. At ESMO we also presented further data from another study of MRx0518, as a neoadjuvant monotherapy for solid tumors, showing 
that MRx0518 treatment for just two to four weeks was associated with significant gene and metagene signature changes in solid tumors 
associated with increases in anti-tumor immune activity. Furthermore, in February the Company announced a second clinical trial collaboration 
involving MRx0518, with Merck KGaA, Darmstadt, Germany, and Pfizer Inc. for Bavencio® (avelumab), the first and only immunotherapy 
approved as a first-line maintenance treatment for patients with locally advanced or metastatic urothelial carcinoma. Under the collaboration, 
4D pharma is conducting a clinical trial to evaluate Bavencio® in combination with MRx0518 as a first-line maintenance therapy for patients 
with locally advanced or metastatic urothelial carcinoma that has not progressed with first-line platinum-containing chemotherapy. This study 
is expected to commence in 2022. 
Beyond oncology, in December 2021 we announced positive topline results from Part A of the clinical trial. Part A met the primary endpoint, 
the safety and tolerability profile of MRx-4DP0004 was comparable to placebo and no serious adverse events (SAEs) related to treatment 
were reported. In addition, MRx-4DP0004 generated encouraging signals of clinical activity in a number of key secondary endpoints of 
efficacy, which support progression into Part B of the study. 
Following positive topline results for the Blautix® Phase II trial in IBS-C and IBS-D first announced in late 2020, in May 2021 we presented 
additional positive data from the Phase II study at Digestive Disease Week (DDW). Further analysis of the clinical data revealed particularly 
strong efficacy in the key symptom of bowel habit, a potential approvable primary endpoint per FDA guidelines, which was statistically 
significant in IBS-D (Blautix® 62.0% vs placebo 47.4%, p=0.042), and nearing significance in IBS-C (Blautix® 53.8% vs placebo 39.3%, 
p=0.054). Post-hoc analysis of the data by geographical region shows that earlier topline results were impacted by an unusually high placebo 
response in patients in the UK and Ireland, and enhanced positive signals were seen in the larger US population. In addition, in December 
2021, we presented new fecal microbiome analyses from the Phase II trial at Gastro 2021. Treatment with Blautix® led to structural changes 
in the gut microbiota of patients with IBS-C or IBS-D. These changes did not occur in placebo treatment groups. 
The completion of the Blautix® trial in the early part of 2020 resulted in reduced comparable costs in 2021. These were partly offset by the uptick 
in patient recruitment as the effects of COVID-19 started to ease in 2021, helping to accelerate commitments on the Asthma (MRx-4DP0004) 
and Cancer (MRx0518) reducing overall contractual commitments from £9.3 million in 2020 to £5.8 million in 2021, a decrease of £3.5 million. 
The easing of COVID-19 related restrictions during 2021, which had resulted in management scaling back costs and operations in 2020, 
allowed an element of operational normalization during 2021, albeit at a reduced starting cost base in some areas. Staff costs in 2021 
remained lower than the previous year by £0.1 million due to reduced average staffing levels established in the previous year. A lack  
of further investment in new assets reduced depreciation and amortization by £0.2 million. Investment in our MicroRx platform increased  
as we manufactured product for the Asthma trial in 2021 but we were able to offset some costs against annual supplier cost reductions 
negotiated during COVID-19 which reduced our trial costs for MRx0518. Overall these elements generated an increase from £2.4 million in 
2020 to £2.8 million in 2021, an increase in costs of £0.4 million. Manufacturing, research and development costs increased by £1.1 million 
between 2020 and 2021 as we invested in developing the manufacturing process for our Parkinson’s drugs MRx0005 and MRx0029. 

4D pharma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2021 
 
 
 
18 
Strategic report: Financial review (continued) 
 
Comparison of the year ended 31 December 2021 to the year ended 31 December 2020 (continued) 
Results of operations 
Details of the Group’s results of operations are included in the Group statement of total comprehensive income on page 62. 
Revenues 
We have not generated commercial revenues from product sales. To date, we have generated revenues from the collaboration agreement 
with MSD. Our revenues from our MSD collaboration agreement totaled £0.5 million and £0.5 million for the years ended 31 December 2021 
and 2020, respectively. There were no other revenues for the years ended 31 December 2021 and 2020. 
Research and development costs  
Our research and development costs totaled £19.8 million for the year ended 31 December 2021, representing a decrease of £2.2 million, or 
10.0% on the £22.0 million for the year ended 31 December 2020. The opening up of testing centers allowed the completion of Part A of the 
Asthma trial in 2021. This resulted in cost increasing by £2.8 million to £4.1 million for the year to 31 December 2021 with the comparative 
being the £1.4 million to set up the trial in the year to 31 December 2020. While there were supplier savings of £0.4 million overall on MRx0518  
in the year, the single biggest component in the overall cost reduction between 2021 and 2020 related to the completion of the main components 
of the Blautix® Phase II clinical trial in 2020 such that comparable annual costs fell by £4.9 million from £6.0 million to £1.1 million. A net 
balance of £0.3 million of increased costs arose over the equivalent expenditure in 2020 through a mixture of savings and additional costs 
across staff, contractual commitments and manufacturing, research and development costs. 
Administrative expenses 
Our administrative expenses totaled £7.3 million for the year ended 31 December 2021, representing an increase of £1.3 million, or 21.7%, 
compared to £6.0 million for the year ended 31 December 2020. The single largest component of the change being attributable to increased 
insurance costs from £0.1 million to £1.3 million, an increase of £1.2 million in recognition of the difficult insurance environment for newly 
listed entities and the increase in potential claims. While payroll costs went down overall, total staff remuneration costs increased by  
£0.1 million in recognition of the costs associated with the share option scheme. An additional £0.2 million was incurred in 2021 when 
compared to 2020 as a result of our increase in expenditure on public and investor outreach to cover both markets. Other administrative 
expenses movements then accounted for the remaining £0.2 million decrease. 
Foreign currency gains 
For foreign currency transactions included in the statement of total comprehensive income, the exchange rates applicable to the relevant 
transaction dates are used. Transaction gains or losses arising from changes in the exchange rates used in the translation of such balances 
are included in operating losses. We recognized foreign currency gains of £0.4 million for both the year ended 31 December 2021 and the 
year ended 31 December 2020.  
Other income 
Other income consists of government grants income for a specific research project and there was a small decrease arising from lower  
grant-based research activity over the prior year. 
Operating loss before non-recurring items 
As a result of the foregoing, our operating loss before non-recurring items totaled £26.1 million for the year ended 31 December 2021, 
representing a decrease of £1.0 million, or 3.6%, compared to £27.1 million for the year ended 31 December 2020. 
Non-recurring costs 
Non-recurring costs include non-cash fair value adjustments associated with the initial costs from the merger with Longevity Acquisition 
Corporation and the issue of new warrants. The merger with Longevity and subsequent listing on Nasdaq represented a significant milestone 
in the Company’s history and sets the platform for future growth. In completing the transaction, the Company recognized significant fair value 
adjustments on warrants and the issue of shares (as detailed in note 6) equating to £44.3 million. In addition to the merger with Longevity, 
warrants with a fair value of £0.1 million were issued to Oxford Finance S.A.R.L. in association with us drawing down the first $12.5 million  
of a loan facility for up to $30 million (depending on meeting covenants and other criteria) that we set up with them in July 2021. There were 
no directly comparable transactions during 2020. However, £3.1 million was included from the fair value adjustment on issue of warrants 
associated with the February equity fundraise of that year. 
Finance income and expense 
Interest income consists of interest earned on our short-term investments. Reductions in finance income over time have been attributable 
to the reduction in short-term investment interest. Finance expense increased from £0.2 million at 31 December 2020 to £0.6 million at 
31 December 2021 (an increase of £0.4 million or 200%). This increase occurred as a result of interest payments arising from the new 
loan facility. 
  
 
 

4D pharma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2021 
 
 
 
19 
Strategic report: Financial review (continued) 
 
Comparison of the year ended 31 December 2021 to the year ended 31 December 2020 (continued) 
Fair value adjustment on warrants and units 
During the year the Company assumed warrants and units as part of the Longevity transaction and on the drawdown of the first tranche of 
the Oxford loan. Unlike the warrants issued in February 2020 which are exercisable in GBP, these new warrants were either exercisable in 
USD, whilst the functional currency of the Company is GBP, or they contained other clauses or factors which meant that they do not meet 
the ‘Fixed for Fixed’ criteria outlined under IAS 32. As they are not issued on a ‘Fixed for Fixed’ basis they should be recorded as financial 
liabilities with their fair value recognized at each reporting date and any gains or losses being taken to the Income Statement. Between the 
date they were assumed (or issued) and the year end, both the Company share price and the life of the financial liabilities has decreased. 
Having recognized the initial fair value at inception in non-recurring costs, this widening of the gap between the exercise price and current 
share price, in combination with the shortening of the life over which they can be exercised, led to an overall reduction in their assessment  
of fair value which resulted in a reported gain of £13.6 million for the year to 31 December 2021. There were no comparative transactions  
in the year to 31 December 2020.  
Taxation 
Taxation consists of UK, Irish and Spanish research and development tax credits, deferred tax movements and US tax. Research and 
development tax credits are based on a portion of our research and development expenses. Taxation was £3.5 million for the year ended  
31 December 2021, representing a decrease of £0.9 million, or 20.5%, compared to £4.4 million for the year ended 31 December 2020.  
The decrease relates to the release of deferred tax liabilities of £0.9 million in 2020 for which there is no comparative figure in 2021.  
Net loss 
As a result of the foregoing, our net loss was £54.0 million for the year ended 31 December 2021, representing an increase of £28.0million, 
or 107.7%, compared to £26.0 million for the year ended 31 December 2020. 
Exchange differences on translating foreign operations 
Exchange differences on translating foreign operations arise on consolidation. Exchange differences on translating foreign operations 
provided reported expenditure of £0.7 million for the year ended 31 December 2021 representing a decrease of £0.8 million on the  
£0.1 million gain for the year ended 31 December 2020.  
Loss for the year and total comprehensive income for the year 
The loss and comprehensive income for the year ended 31 December 2021 was £54.7 million, an increase of £28.8 million or 111.2%  
over the £25.9 million for the year to 31 December 2020. 
Liquidity and capital resources 
Overview 
Since our inception through to 31 December 2021, the majority of the funding for our operations has come from the issuing of ordinary 
shares. Additional historical and current income has come from research and development tax credits and historically in the form of the  
MSD collaboration agreement. However, in 2021 we also added a loan facility from Oxford Finance which has added to the cash total for  
the current year. As of 31 December 2021, we had £15.5 million in cash and cash equivalents. 
The table below presents our cash flows for the periods indicated: 
 
31 December 
31 December 
 
2021 
2020 
 
£000 
£000 
Cash used in operating activities 
(25,082) 
(22,673) 
Cash used in investing activities 
(203) 
(178) 
Cash provided by financing activities 
32,007 
27,790 
Net increase in cash and cash equivalents 
6,722 
4,939 
 
Operating activities 
Net cash used in operating activities of £25.1 million during the year ended 31 December 2021 was primarily related to £10.5 million for 
clinical trials and research including other third-party expenses and an aggregate of £5.3 million in salary and other staff costs; a further  
£4.1 million is attributable to patent spend and £5.4 million to other administrative expense. These expenses were offset by the receipt of 
£0.2 million in research and development tax credits as the cash related to the 2020 tax credits was received after the year end reducing the 
quantum for the year. Net cash used in operating activities of £22.7 million during the year ended 31 December 2020 was primarily related  
to £14.2 million for clinical trials and research including other third-party expenses and an aggregate of £5.6 million in salary and other staff 
costs; a further £4.0 million is attributable to patent spend and £4.2 million to administrative expenses. These expenses were offset by the 
£5.3 million in research and development tax credits.  
Investing activities 
Net cash used in investing activities of £0.2 million for both 31 December 2021 and 31 December 2020 was utilized in the purchases  
of property and equipment and software. 
 
 

4D pharma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2021 
 
 
 
20 
Strategic report: Financial review (continued) 
 
Liquidity and capital resourced (continued) 
Financing activities  
Net cash provided by financing activities of £32.0 million during the year to 31 December 2021 represents an increase of £4.2 million on  
the £27.8 million for the year ended 31 December 2020. The main components of the variance relate to income from the issue of ordinary 
shares, where net income decreased by £10.1 million from £28.1 million at 31 December 2020 to £18.0 million, the merger with Longevity 
resulting in net income of £5.6 million and the net income from the Oxford Finance loan of £8.7 million. The balance of financing activities is 
made up by interest expenses on leases of £0.3 million for the year to 31 December 2021 whereas lease expenses equated to £0.4 million  
in the year to 31 December 2020. 
On 22 March 2021 the Company concluded a private placement for the issue of ordinary shares and, in a separate transaction, completed 
the merger with Longevity Acquisition Corporation, facilitating our Nasdaq listing. In connection with the merger with Longevity the Company 
issued 31.0 million ordinary shares and accessed the $14.8 million in cash which Longevity had on its balance sheet at that point; after 
settling liabilities and transaction costs and adjusting to GBP, this equated to net cash income of £5.6 million. In connection with the 
transaction, we also assumed: 
• 
4.0 million public warrants with an exercise price of $11.50, which, if fully exercised, would convert to 15.1 million ordinary shares.  
The warrants are immediately exercisable and publicly traded, include a redemption threshold price of $18.00, include cashless 
exercise features and expire five years from issue; 
• 
0.3 million private warrants with an exercise price of $11.50, which, if fully exercised, would convert to 1.2 million ordinary shares.  
The warrants are immediately exercisable, convert to public warrants if transferred, include cashless exercise features and expire  
five years from issue; 
• 
7.5 million backstop warrants issued on a 1:1 basis for ordinary shares and with an exercise price of £0.0025; backstop warrants are 
only exercisable in direct proportion to the 4.3 million public and private warrants exercised in the prior month, expire 60 days after  
they become exercisable and include cashless exercise features; and 
• 
0.2 million representative units with an exercise price of $11.50 per unit; each unit converts to 8.28465 ordinary shares and a private 
warrant exercisable for $11.50. If both the units and associated warrants were fully exercised, they would convert to 2.9 million ordinary 
shares. The representative units are immediately exercisable and expire in August 2023. If exercised the warrants included in the 
representative units carry all the same terms and conditions as the existing public warrants.  
No warrants or units related to the transaction were exercised during the year to 30 December 2021.  
The private placing, which also occurred on 22 March 2021, generated £18.0 million in gross proceeds (£16.6 million net of costs) through 
the issue of 16.4 million ordinary shares at a price of £1.10 per share. 
On 16 April 2021, Directors who were not able to participate in the private placing acquired 1.3 million ordinary shares at a price of £1.10 
adding a further £1.4 million of cash inflow. 
To reduce reliance on the issue of equity and fund the Company through a number of clinical milestones, on 29 July 2021, the Company 
established a loan agreement for up to $30 million USD with Oxford Finance S.A.R.L. On the date of the agreement, the Company drew 
down the first tranche for $12.5 million USD or £9.0 million GBP, creating a cash inflow and associated liability. The agreement includes a 
second tranche for $7.5 million, based on certain milestones which need to be achieved by 31 June 2022, and a third tranche for $10 million, 
subject to mutual agreement. At 31 December 2021 the Company had either not qualified for nor requested drawdown of the second or third 
tranche. Interest is charged on the loan balance at a rate of 8.15% plus the greater of 0.1% and the 30-day US LIBOR rate throughout the 
term such that the Company has recorded an interest expense of £0.3 million in the year to 31 December 2021. The facility also includes  
a provision for the issue of 2% of amounts drawn down in warrants and 0.2 million warrants were issued on a 1:1 basis for ordinary shares 
and an exercise price of $1.18 per warrant. No warrants had been exercised at the year end. The loan agreement also includes various 
customary restrictive covenants which prevent the Company from performing certain functions that could affect the recovery of the loan and 
which require the Company to maintain a cash balance of at least $7.5 million should certain combinations of equity issue and partnering 
transactions fail to produce receipts of at least $45.0 million before 1 April 2022.  
The loan facility includes restrictive covenants that limit the Group’s ability to undertake certain functions that may affect recoverability and 
include a clause that requires the Group to always maintain a cash balance of $7.5 million if it does not generate at least $45 million of 
income through the issue of shares and partnering arrangements before 1 April 2022. These transactions are not included in the financial 
statements as they did not include a constructive obligation on 31 December 2021.  
The restrictive covenants may have a significant effect on our current and future business by limiting the availability of cash provided by the 
loan, or by limiting our ability to perform certain transactions. It is not unreasonable that this could have a short or longer-term effect on our 
financial condition, changes in financial condition, expenses, results of operations, liquidity, capital expenditures or capital resources in  
a manner that is material to investors. 
Lease and associated interest payment amounted to £0.3 million for the year to 31 December 2021, representing a reduction of £0.1 million 
on the £0.4 million of costs in 2020 as certain short-term leases expired and were not renewed. 
In July 2020, the Company completed the issue of 21.9 million ordinary shares at £0.35 per share for a total of approximately £7.7 million  
or £7.1 million net of transaction costs.  
In February 2020, the Company completed the issue of 44 million ordinary shares at £0.50 per share for a total of £22.0 million or  
£20.9 million net of transaction costs (which included warrant costs). Warrants were also issued on the basis of one warrant for every  
two shares acquired. Warrants have an exercise price of £1.00 per share, are immediately exercisable and expire five years from issuance 
and £0.1 million of warrants have been redeemed to date. 
 
 

4D pharma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2021 
 
 
 
21 
Strategic report: Financial review (continued) 
 
Current outlook 
We have financed our operations to date primarily through proceeds from issuing our ordinary shares. We have incurred losses and 
generated negative cash flows from operations since inception. To date we have not generated significant revenue, and we do not expect  
to generate significant revenues from the sale of our product candidates in the near future. In order to capture the potential of the platform 
and maximize value creation, we are actively pursuing additional research collaborations, pairing our expertise in LBP discovery and 
development and access to our library of well characterized bacterial isolates with the disease-specific expertise of partners. The amounts 
that we actually spend for any specific purpose may vary significantly and will depend on a number of factors, including, but not limited to, 
our research and development activities and programs, clinical testing, regulatory approval, market conditions, and changes in or revisions  
to our business strategy and technology development plans. Investors will be relying on the judgement of our management regarding the 
application of the proceeds from the sale of our ordinary shares. 
As of 31 December 2021, our cash and cash equivalents were £15.5 million. After the year end, but before the signing of these financial 
statements, the Group received research and development tax credits of £3.2 million on its UK entities. Excluding possible income from 
warrants, we believe that this additional cash the Spanish loan facility, along with existing cash and cash equivalents but before restrictive 
covenants on the Oxford loan are sufficient to fund our projected operating requirements until the fourth quarter of 2022. The Directors are 
continuing to explore sources of finance that are available to the Group and have a reasonable expectation that they will be able to secure 
sufficient cash inflows into the Group to continue its activities for not less than twelve months from the date of approval of these accounts. 
However, because the additional finance is not committed at the date of approval of these financial statements, these circumstances 
represent a material uncertainty as to the Group’s ability to continue as a going concern. Should the Group be unable to obtain further 
finance such that the going concern basis of preparation were no longer appropriate, adjustments would be required including to reduce  
the balance sheet values of assets to their recoverable amounts, and to provide for future liabilities that may arise. 
We currently anticipate that we will require approximately £20.4 million for research and development activities over the course of the next  
18 months based on the execution of existing programs but also dependent on exchange rates. We also anticipate that we will require 
approximately £13.7 million for general and administrative costs over such 18-month period, which consists primarily of expenditures for staff 
costs, legal and other professional fees and other administrative expenses. We also anticipate receiving approximately £7.2 million in cash 
for research and development tax credit refunds over this 18-month period and to make around £1.7 million on payments towards loans and 
interest during this period. 
In addition, our operating plans may change as a result of many factors that may currently be unknown to us, and we may need to seek 
additional funds sooner than planned. Our future capital requirements will depend on many factors, including: 
• 
the continued uncertain effects of the COVID-19 pandemic and its impact on our planned clinical trials, operations and financial condition; 
• 
the progress and costs of our preclinical studies, clinical trials and other research and development activities; 
• 
the scope, prioritization and number of our clinical trials and other research and development programs; 
• 
any cost that we may incur under in and out-licensing arrangements relating to our therapeutic candidates that we may enter into  
in the future; 
• 
the costs and timing of obtaining regulatory approval for our therapeutic candidates; 
• 
the costs of filing, prosecuting, enforcing and defending patent claims and other intellectual property rights; 
• 
the costs of scaling our manufacturing capabilities for production of sufficient clinical and commercial quantities of our therapeutic candidates; 
• 
the potential costs of contracting with third parties to provide marketing and distribution services for us or for building such  
capacities internally;  
• 
the costs of acquiring or undertaking the development and commercialization efforts for additional, future therapeutic applications  
of our product candidates and the magnitude of our general and administrative expenses; 
• 
the timing of payment and changes to tax regimes related to our research and development tax credits; 
• 
changes in the value and taxable position of our warrants and units;  
• 
the costs of operating as a public company in multiple jurisdictions; and 
• 
adverse trial results that would invalidate further investment in a product or products. 
Principal commitments 
Leased facilities 
We have two real estate leases classified as right-of-use operating leases, one in Spain and one in the UK. No additional long-term leases 
were entered into during the periods. 
The UK lease is for our headquarters in Leeds. The premises comprise office space and parking and are for a ten-year term which 
commenced in May 2017. A tenant lease break clause is available in May 2022 which has not been included in the lease calculations as 
there is no indication that this would be executed. Lease escalation costs have been included on a fixed rate basis as a practical expedient. 
The lease includes a provision to return the premises to their original condition on exit; as such an asset retirement obligation of £0.3 million 
has been included in the valuation. 
The Spanish lease relates to our manufacturing premises in Leon. The agreement is for a ten-year term which commenced in April 2016  
and includes a tenant lease break clause that can be executed after providing six months’ written notice at any point five years from the 
commencement date; again this break clause has not been included in the lease value as there is no evidence that this will be executed. 
Lease escalation costs have also been included on a fixed rate basis as a practical expedient. The lease includes the requirement to make 
certain repairs and as such an asset retirement obligation of £0.1 million has been included in the valuation. 
 

4D pharma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2021 
 
 
 
22 
Strategic report: Financial review (continued) 
 
Principal commitments (continued) 
Contractual commitments and other commitments 
Details of contractual and other commitments can be found in notes 19 and 26. 
Off-balance sheet arrangements 
The only arrangement related to short-term operating leases that did not meet the requirements under IFRS 16 were not included as a right-of-use 
asset and associated lease liability.  
 
 

4D pharma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2021 
 
 
 
23 
Strategic report: Principal risks and uncertainties 
 
The Group operates within a complex regulatory environment which is subject to change. The nature of drug development exposes the 
Group to risks and uncertainties which could affect our ability to meet our strategic goals, our business model and our operating environment. 
The Board is accountable for carrying out a robust assessment of the principal risks facing the Group, and has developed a risk management 
framework which provides the structure within which the principal risks affecting our business are managed and sets the tone, culture and 
appetite for risk. A key part of this framework is the Board’s Audit and Risk Committee, responsible for reviewing all aspects of internal 
control and financial reporting of the business. Further information is provided in the Report of the Audit and Risk Committee on pages 32 
and 33. The key objectives for this process are to ensure that the risk appetite of the Board is embedded throughout the Group and fully 
understood by all members of the team who have responsibility for managing the risk and making key business decisions. This is also 
encoded in systems of internal controls, which seek to mitigate the principal risks that could affect the strategy and operation of our business 
model and to ensure that identified risks are reported to the relevant stakeholders in a timely manner. We are continuously developing and 
improving our risk management process through ongoing review and evaluation of the risks, clarifying our risk appetite and reviewing the 
longer-term viability of the business to make sure that we fully understand our risks and are managing them appropriately. 
COVID-19 and other public health pandemics  
Description 
Our operations and financial results have already been adversely impacted by the COVID-19 pandemic in the UK, the US and the rest of  
the world. Enrolment of patients in our clinical trials and maintaining patients in our ongoing clinical trials were delayed or limited to lesser  
or greater extent as our clinical trial sites limited their onsite staff, temporarily closed or adjusted the way they worked during the COVID-19 
pandemic. As a result of measures imposed by the governments in affected regions, many commercial activities, businesses and schools 
have been suspended as part of quarantines and other measures intended to contain this pandemic. These factors resulting from COVID-19 
remain ongoing and other unforeseen pandemics could have similar or worse consequences, delaying the anticipated readouts from our 
clinical trials and our regulatory submissions. Additionally, certain third parties with which we engage, including our collaborators, contract 
organizations, third-party manufacturers, suppliers, clinical trial sites, regulators and other third parties with which we conduct business, are 
subject to similar risks, and have had to adjust their operations and assess their capacity in light of the COVID-19 pandemic. While the extent 
of the impact of the current COVID-19 pandemic on our future business and financial results continues to carry uncertainty, the effect of  
a continued and prolonged public health crisis from further significant mutations to COVID-19 or other pandemics could have a material 
negative impact on our business, financial condition and operating results. 
Mitigation and development to date 
The Group has taken reasonable measures to protect the safety of its staff, its patients, and its partners. The Group’s IT infrastructure and 
supplementary technological solutions have been utilized effectively to minimize disruption. 4D maintains close communication with its lead 
investigators and other clinical site staff, monitoring events closely so as to be able to respond to the evolving situation and reduce risk to 
patients and staff primarily, while minimizing disruption to clinical timelines. It is reasonable to expect that following the rollout of SARS-CoV-2 
vaccines in the UK, the US and other countries the disruption of the pandemic will reduce. 
Change 
Reduced risk 
Successful development of product candidates 
Description 
We are very early in our development efforts and may not be successful in our efforts to use our platform to build a pipeline of therapeutic 
candidates and develop marketable drugs. Our therapeutic candidates are Live Biotherapeutics Products, which are an unproven approach 
to therapeutic intervention. Even if our therapeutic candidates do not cause off-target adverse events, there may be immunotoxicity associated 
with the fundamental pharmacology of our therapeutic candidates. Even if any of our therapeutic candidates receive marketing approval, 
they may fail to achieve the degree of market acceptance by physicians, patients, hospitals, third-party payors and others in the medical 
community necessary for commercial success. We expect to depend on collaborations with third parties for the research, development and 
commercialization of certain of the therapeutic candidates we may develop. If any such collaborations are not successful, we may not be 
able to realize the market potential of those therapeutic candidates. Moreover, we rely, and expect to continue to rely, on third parties to 
conduct our clinical trials, and those third parties may not perform satisfactorily, including failing to meet deadlines for the completion of  
such trials, research and studies. 
Mitigation and development to date 
The nature of Live Biotherapeutics means they have a lower early clinical development risk. Our diverse portfolio of unique drug candidates 
with distinct modes of action across key therapeutic areas mitigates the risk of failure of any one program to the Group’s operations. We have 
brought in additional expertise and experience with senior management to supplement internal expertise and we work with highly competent 
clinical research organizations (CROs) to conduct our clinical trials to the highest standard. We are collaborating with multinational pharmaceutical 
companies with extensive expertise in successful product development, registration and commercialization. 
Change 
No change 
 
 

4D pharma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2021 
 
 
 
24 
Strategic report: Principal risks and uncertainties (continued) 
 
Manufacturing 
Description 
Currently, we are dependent on the manufacturing of product for each of our therapeutic candidates at our internal manufacturing facility. 
Developing our in-house manufacturing facility required, and continues to require, substantial additional funds and hiring and training a 
significant number of qualified employees to staff this facility. We may not be able to develop commercial-scale manufacturing facilities that 
are able to produce an adequate supply of materials in the event of significant commercial uptake of one of our LBP therapeutics. We have 
not yet manufactured our therapeutic candidates at commercial scale, and if we decide to expand our own manufacturing facility, we cannot 
be sure you that we will be able to manufacture our therapeutic candidates in compliance with regulations at a cost or in quantities necessary 
to make them commercially viable. If we are found to no longer comply with current good manufacturing practice (cGMP) regulations or 
similar regulatory requirements outside of the US, or if we cannot successfully manufacture material that conforms to our specifications and 
the strict regulatory requirements of the MHRA, FDA, EMA or others, we will not be able to secure and/or maintain marketing approval for 
our manufacturing facility or any future facilities. Catastrophic events at our manufacturing facility or loss of our master cell banks could 
significantly impair our ability to manufacture our therapeutic candidates. 
Mitigation and development to date 
We have invested significantly in our in-house manufacturing facility for our therapeutic candidates for production at a commercial scale.  
We have taken multiple LBP candidate strains through process development and scale-up to be able to manufacture clinic-ready product. 
Our in-house facility has the ability to produce cGMP drug product, with capacity to support our ongoing trials and potentially small-scale 
commercial supply. We are investigating external manufacturing capability as we scale our therapeutic candidates and prepare for 
commercialization of one or more of our therapeutic candidates. Having in-house control of production has been a significant advantage  
in a field that has experienced significant hurdles relating to manufacturing, and the equipment and facilities employed in the manufacture  
of pharmaceuticals are subject to stringent qualification requirements by regulatory agencies, including validation of facility, equipment, 
systems, processes and analytics. In the event of a catastrophic failure or destruction of our master cell banks, recreating and recertifying 
our cell banks is possible, as we have back-up stocks of our clinical candidates stored remotely from the MCBs, but is not certain and could 
put at risk the supply of our therapeutic candidates for preclinical studies or clinical trials or any products, if approved, to our customers. 
Change 
No change 
Failure to obtain regulatory approvals 
Description 
The regulatory approval processes of the MHRA, FDA, EMA and other comparable foreign regulatory authorities are lengthy, time consuming 
and inherently unpredictable. The clinical trials of our therapeutic candidates may not demonstrate safety and efficacy to the satisfaction of 
the MHRA, FDA, EMA or other comparable foreign regulatory authorities or otherwise produce positive results. If we experience delays or 
difficulties in the enrolment of patients in clinical trials, our regulatory submissions or receipt of necessary regulatory approvals could be 
delayed or prevented. All of our LBP candidates are based on single strains of commensal bacteria. We have not, nor to our knowledge has 
any other company, received regulatory approval for an oral therapeutic based on this approach. We cannot be certain that our approach will 
lead to the development of approvable or marketable products. In addition, our LBPs may have different safety profiles and efficacy in various 
indications. Finally, regulatory agencies may lack experience in evaluating the safety and efficacy of products based on live bacteria, which 
could result in a longer than expected regulatory review process, increase our expected development costs and delay or prevent commercialization 
of our therapeutic candidates. If we are ultimately unable to obtain regulatory approval of our therapeutic candidates, we will be unable to 
generate product revenue and our business will be substantially harmed.  
Mitigation and development to date 
We have continued to invest in the recruitment, training and upskilling of our clinical and regulatory teams. We have also this year brought  
in additional regulatory expertise and experience to our Board and senior management team. In addition to continuing to develop our internal 
expertise, we utilize highly competent regulatory consultants. We have successfully engaged regulators in multiple jurisdictions. We have 
now dosed patients with four different Live Biotherapeutic drug candidates, with no serious drug-related adverse events reported to date. 
This increases our confidence in our thesis of the favorable safety profile of Live Biotherapeutics which reduces early development risk. 
Change 
No change 
Continued compliance with new laws and regulations 
Description 
Our employees, consultants and contractors may engage in misconduct or other improper activities, including non-compliance with 
regulatory standards and requirements or insider trading violations, which could significantly harm our business. Healthcare legislative reform 
measures may have a negative impact on our business and results of operations. If we fail to comply with environmental, health and safety 
laws and regulations, we could become subject to fines or penalties or incur costs that could have a material adverse effect on the success 
of our business. 
Mitigation and development to date 
We have adopted a robust compliance program with precautions to prevent, deter and identify employee misconduct. We regularly review 
and seek to improve our operational, financial and management controls, reporting systems and procedures. The management team and 
their legal advisors continually monitor the legal and regulatory environment to prepare for, and ensure compliance with, changes in laws  
or regulations. 
Change 
No change 
 
 

4D pharma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2021 
 
 
 
25 
Strategic report: Principal risks and uncertainties (continued) 
 
Brexit 
Description 
The withdrawal of the UK from the EU, commonly referred to as ‘Brexit’, may adversely impact our ability to obtain regulatory approvals  
of our therapeutic candidates in the EU, result in restrictions or imposition of taxes and duties for importing our therapeutic candidates into 
the EU, require us to incur additional expenses in order to develop, manufacture and commercialize our therapeutic candidates in the EU, 
negatively affect our ability to attract and retain employees particularly those from the EU, and make travel by our employees between our 
UK, Irish and Spanish facilities more difficult, time consuming and expensive than was previously the case. Our business may incur VAT  
in EU states where it is not established and does not make supplies. The detail of how the UK’s access to the European single market for 
goods, capital, services and labor within the EU, or single market, and the wider commercial, legal and regulatory environment will impact 
our operations remains to be fully understood. There may continue to be economic uncertainty surrounding the consequences of Brexit, 
which could adversely affect our business, revenue, financial condition and results of operations. The full impact of Brexit on our business 
remains unclear. 
Mitigation and development to date 
While our headquarters are in the UK, we have subsidiaries elsewhere in the EU, currently in Ireland and Spain. This is helpful to us since 
having an ‘establishment’ in the EU is now required for compliance with a number of relevant regulatory requirements, for example a clinical 
trials sponsor must either be established in the EU or, if not, a legal representative must be appointed in an EU country. Following negotiations, 
the UK and EU agreed on a Trade and Cooperation Agreement (TCA) on 24 December 2020 to regulate their post-Brexit trade relationship. 
The TCA has been ratified by the UK and was ratified by the EU Parliament with effect from 1 May 2021 (following a period of provisional 
application). We continue to closely monitor developments relating to the UK’s trade, legal and regulatory relationship with the EU which 
impact our operations or the wider industry. 
Change 
Reduced risk 
Cyber-security risks including loss of data 
Description 
Our internal computer systems, or those of any of our CROs, manufacturers, other contractors or consultants or potential future collaborators, 
may fail or suffer security or data privacy breaches or other unauthorized or improper access to, use of, or destruction of our proprietary or 
confidential data, employee data, or personal data, which could result in additional costs, loss of revenue, significant liabilities, harm to our 
brand and material disruption of our operations. The collection, processing and cross-border transfer of personal information is subject to 
restrictive laws and regulations. 
Mitigation and development to date 
The Group employs internal IT controls, procedures and other security measures to reduce the risk of security or data privacy breaches  
or other unauthorized or improper access to data or personal information. The collection, processing, transfer and storage of data is tightly 
controlled. We mandate the use of basic IT security protocols to all our staff and conduct periodic training to ensure all staff are able to use 
our IT systems effectively, safely and securely. 
Change 
No change 
Intellectual property 
Description 
If we are unable to obtain and maintain patent and other intellectual property protection for any therapeutic candidates we develop, or if the 
scope of the patent and other intellectual property protection obtained is not sufficiently broad, our competitors could develop and commercialize 
products and technology similar or identical to ours, and our ability to successfully commercialize any therapeutic candidates we may develop 
may be adversely affected. We may become involved in lawsuits to protect or enforce our patents, which could be expensive, time consuming, 
and unsuccessful and could result in a finding that such patents are unenforceable or invalid. Obtaining and maintaining our patent protection 
depends on compliance with various procedural, document submission, fee payment, and other requirements imposed by government patent 
agencies, and our patent protection could be reduced or eliminated for non-compliance with these requirements. Changes in patent law 
could diminish the value of patents in general, thereby impairing our ability to protect our therapeutic candidates. If we are unable to protect 
the confidentiality of our trade secrets, our business and competitive position would be harmed. Third parties may assert that our employees, 
consultants, or advisors have wrongfully used or disclosed confidential information or misappropriated trade secrets. 
Mitigation and development to date 
We are diligent in carrying out searches to identify potential third-party IP; a comprehensive freedom to operate strategy has been developed 
and implemented to ensure that no blocking patents owned by third parties are unexpectedly granted. The third-party patent landscape is 
under continuous review. To ensure that we are in the strongest possible position in the event of any patent dispute, the Group continues  
to make patent filings across the Group’s technology portfolio. There have been a significant number of patents granted since the inception 
of 4D pharma with a substantial year-on-year growth of the portfolio. 
Change 
No change 
 
 
 

4D pharma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2021 
 
 
 
26 
Strategic report: Principal risks and uncertainties (continued) 
 
Availability of finance 
Description 
Since its inception the Group has incurred losses as it seeks to take its candidates through development to an approved product. The Group 
does not yet have any approved or revenue generating products, and expects to make losses for the foreseeable future. We may not be able 
to raise the additional funds that may be needed to support development and commercialization of our product candidates and any additional 
funds that are raised could cause dilution to existing investors. 
On 29 July 2021, certain members of the Group entered into a loan and security agreement with Oxford Finance Luxembourg S.À R.L. and 
the loan is secured by substantially all of the assets of those members of the Group (including shares of certain subsidiaries in 4D pharma 
plc). The loan and security agreement and related security documentation contain customary representations and warranties and affirmative 
covenants and also contain certain restrictive covenants. The loan and security agreement also includes a financial covenant that requires 
the Company to maintain a minimum amount of cash in bank accounts that are subject to a control agreement in favor of the lender if the 
Company does not achieve a certain equity raise threshold. The loan and security agreement also contains customary events of default.  
If we fail to comply with all such covenants, payments or other terms of the agreement, our lender could declare an event of default, which 
would give it the right to cancel any undrawn commitments and declare all borrowings outstanding, together with accrued and unpaid interest 
and fees, to be immediately due and payable. In addition, our lender would have the right to proceed against the assets we provided as 
collateral pursuant to the loan and security agreement. If the debt under the loan and security agreement were accelerated, we may not  
have sufficient cash or be able to sell sufficient assets to repay this debt, which would harm our business and financial condition. 
Mitigation and development to date 
The Directors continue to keep a close control of overheads and explore potential sources of finance. In March 2021 the Company completed  
a merger with Longevity Acquisition Corporation. Gross proceeds from the merger were approximately $14.8 million. The Company also 
completed a fundraise in March 2021 by way of a private placement raising gross proceeds of approximately £18.0 million ($25.0 million) 
with two Directors also subscribing for a further £1.4 million ($2.0 million) in shares following release by the Company of its financial results. 
In March 2021 our Spanish subsidiary subscribed for a €1 million COVID-19 relief loan backed by the Spanish government. The loan is 
unsecured, is charged at an annual interest rate of 2.35% and is repayable in three years. In July 2021, the first tranche of the loan with 
Oxford Finance Luxembourg S.À R.L. was received which provided $12.5 million. The Group has continued to prioritize key activities and 
cost saving measures, and the Company’s cash sufficiency is now likely to extend until Q4 of 2022. 
Change 
No change 
Constraints in the growth of the Group 
Description 
In order to successfully implement our plans and strategies, we will need to grow the size of our organization, and we may experience 
difficulties in managing this growth. Our future success depends in part upon our ability to retain key employees, including Directors and 
Executive Officers, and to attract, retain and motivate qualified individuals. Management may need to expend additional effort and resources 
identifying, recruiting, integrating, maintaining and motivating additional employees. 
Mitigation and development to date 
During the period we made a number of key appointments to senior positions which will be key to fostering the continued growth of the 
Company, including international growth particularly in the US. 
Change 
No change 
Exchange rate risks 
Description 
Exchange rate fluctuations may adversely affect our results of operations and cash flows. Our functional currency is Pounds Sterling (GBP), 
and our transactions are commonly denominated in that currency. However, we receive payments under our collaboration agreements in  
US Dollars (USD) and we incur a portion of our expenses in other currencies, primarily Euros. As a result, fluctuations in exchange rates, 
particularly between GBP on the one hand and the USD and Euro on the other hand, may adversely affect our reported results of operations 
and cash flows. Since the Brexit referendum in 2016, there has been a significant increase in the volatility of these exchange rates and  
an overall weakening of GBP. Our business may be affected by fluctuations in foreign exchange rates between GBP and these and other 
currencies, any of which may have a significant impact on our results of operations and cash flows from period to period. 
Mitigation and development to date 
We constantly monitor currencies and their movements against GBP. As the Group is currently pre-revenue, the exposure affects the cost  
of operations and although the size of the exposure is significant, we regularly review cash resources to manage these changes and have 
planned these prudently into our forward forecasts. 
Change 
No change 
 
 
 

4D pharma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2021 
 
 
 
27 
Strategic report: Principal risks and uncertainties (continued) 
 
Accounting estimates and valuation fluctuations 
Description 
Whether immediate or foreseeable actual or anticipated changes to our estimates regarding future expenses, revenues and needs for 
additional financing, including values on financial instruments, such as warrants and share options, may create unforeseen fluctuations  
in profits and tax liability and materially impact our financial results. 
Actual or anticipated changes to our estimates regarding future expenses, revenues and needs for additional financing, whether immediate 
or foreseeable, could result in our having to recognize additional assets, liabilities or write-downs, creating unforeseen fluctuations in our 
profits and tax liabilities, or which could alter our trading status on AIM or Nasdaq resulting in changes affecting shareholders and our 
subsequent ability to raise future funds. Collectively or individually accounting estimates and valuation fluctuations may have a material 
adverse effect on our business, results of operations and outlook.  
Mitigation and development to date 
We have appointed expert financial advisors, experienced in advising UK and US listed businesses, and implemented rigorous financial 
controls internally. We have also appointed a Non-Executive Director, Paul Maier, who is considered to be a ‘financial expert’ under Nasdaq 
rules, as well as a highly experienced CFO, John Doyle. 
Change 
Increased risk 
The Strategic Report was approved by Board on 31 March 2022 and signed on its behalf by: 
Duncan Peyton 
Chief Executive Officer 
31 March 2022 
 
 

4D pharma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2021 
 
 
 
28 
Corporate governance: Corporate governance report 
 
Chairperson’s introduction 
On behalf of the Board, I am pleased to present our Corporate Governance Report for the year ended 31 December 2021. 
This section of the Annual Report describes the Group’s corporate governance structures and processes and how they have been applied 
during the year ended 31 December 2021. As Chairperson, I am responsible for the leadership of the Board, ensuring its effectiveness in  
all aspects of its functions and, within that role, for promoting good governance throughout the Group. 
The Board recognizes the importance of good corporate governance and has, since the Company’s initial public offering and as the Group 
has grown, maintained a regular review and evaluation of its effectiveness, and that of the wider governance structure of the Group.  
I believe that the Company’s governance structure has facilitated the growth and development of the Group, while remaining accountable  
to all of its stakeholders, including shareholders, employees, collaborators and regulators. As the Group continues to grow, we will continue 
to evaluate this structure and will take the governance steps necessary to support the Group’s development.  
Prof. Axel Glasmacher 
Non-Executive Chairperson 
31 March 2022 
 
The Quoted Companies Alliance Code 
The AIM Rules for Companies require the Board to apply a recognized corporate governance code. As an AIM-listed company, the Board 
has chosen to formally apply the Quoted Companies Alliance Corporate Governance Code, updated in 2018 (the ‘QCA Code’). The QCA 
Code was developed by the Quoted Companies Alliance, an independent membership organization championing the interests of small to 
mid-sized quoted companies, one of whose aims is to promote high quality corporate governance in quoted companies. In consultation with 
a number of significant institutional small company investors, it has developed the QCA Code as an alternative corporate governance code 
applicable to quoted companies that do not have a premium listing of equity shares, including AIM companies.  
The QCA Code is constructed around 10 broad principles and a set of disclosures grouped under three broad headings: deliver growth; 
maintain a dynamic management framework; and build trust. An overview of how the Company aims to comply with these principles can  
be found on our website at https://www.4dpharmaplc.com/en/investors/qca-code-compliance and further information is provided below. 
Strategy and business model 
The Strategic Report outlines the Group and Company strategy and business model in detail and can be found on pages 12 to 27. Our strategy 
is to lead the world in the development of Live Biotherapeutics, a novel and revolutionary class of medicines, creating an “end-to-end” 
microbiome company, from research to development and manufacture. We build upon our leading research and our discovery platform  
and seek to secure and consolidate our leading position by means of patent protection. 
Our goal is to dramatically reduce overall clinical timelines: exploiting the enhanced safety profiles of therapeutics that originate from a 
healthy human, reducing pre-clinical testing and lead optimisation timelines (4D targets its programmes to be ready for patient trials within  
24 months from concept); and allowing first-in-man clinical studies in patients as well as healthy individuals (which in turn allows us to mine 
clinically relevant data more swiftly). 
With its own in house GMP-certified development and manufacture facility, 4D can address and control manufacture and delivery issues 
early on, to ensure against any loss of flexibility and pace of development and maintain speed to the clinic and is continually expanding and 
refining proprietary know-how key to the development of Live Biotherapeutics. 
Board composition and responsibility  
The Board consists of seven Directors, five of whom are Non-Executive including Paul Maier, who was appointed as a Non-Executive 
Director in February 2021 and the Chair of the Audit and Risk Committee in March 2021. The names of the Directors, together with their 
biographical details, are set out on pages 49 and 50.  
The Board has determined that each of Dr. Ed Baracchini, Prof. Axel Glasmacher, Dr. Sandy Macrae, Paul Maier and Dr. Katrin Rupalla are 
independent in character and judgement, and that there are no relationships or circumstances which could materially affect or interfere with 
the exercise of their independent judgement.  
In identifying candidates for the Board of Directors the Company identifies both weaknesses and complementary attributes in the existing 
skill sets, experience and viewpoint of Directors to create overall balance across the Board. In doing so, during the previous year a lack  
of gender diversity was identified within the Board and positive first steps were taken towards redressing balance through the appointment  
of Dr. Katrin Rupalla in August 2020. 
The Board is satisfied with its composition and the balance between Executive and Non-Executive Directors, which allows it to exercise 
objectivity in decision making and proper control of the Group’s business.  
All members of the Board bring relevant sector, market and financial experience. The Board believes that its blend of relevant experience, 
skills and personal qualities and capabilities is sufficient to enable it to successfully execute its strategy. 
The Board considers that its gender diversity is acceptable and will continue trying to balance its representation as roles on the Board 
become available.  
 
 

4D pharma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2021 
 
 
 
29 
Corporate governance: Corporate governance report (continued) 
 
Governance Structures and Processes, Decision making  
The Board’s primary objective is to focus on adding value to the assets of the Group by identifying and assessing business opportunities  
and ensuring that potential risks are identified, monitored and controlled.  
Material issues are reserved to a decision of the Board, including approval (and review of performance) of the Group’s strategic aims and 
objectives; approval of the annual operating and capital expenditure budgets (and any material changes to them); approval of all financial 
statements and results; and maintenance of a sound system of internal control and risk management. The implementation of Board 
decisions and day-to-day operations of the Group are delegated to Executive Directors.  
The Chairperson, Axel Glasmacher, is responsible for the leadership of the Board, ensuring its effectiveness in all aspects of its functions 
and, within that role, for promoting good governance throughout the Group and ensuring effective communication with shareholders. 
The Chief Executive Officer, Duncan Peyton, leads the Group’s management team and is responsible, together with the Chief Scientific 
Officer Dr. Alex Stevenson, for implementing and delivering the Group’s strategy and the operational decisions agreed by the Board, and  
the day-to-day operation of the Group. 
As an AIM-listed company, the Board has approved the adoption of the QCA Code as its governance framework against which this 
statement has been prepared and will monitor the suitability of this code on at least an annual basis and revise its governance framework  
as appropriate as the Group evolves. 
The Board meets both at regular intervals and also at short notice to consider specific matters (for example proposed material transactions). 
The Board receives appropriate and timely information prior to each meeting, with a formal agenda and Board and Committee papers being 
distributed several days before meetings take place. Any Director may challenge Group proposals and decisions are taken democratically 
after discussion. 
Any Director who feels that any concern remains unresolved after discussion may ask for that concern to be noted in the minutes of the 
meeting. Any specific actions arising from such meetings are agreed by the Board and then followed up by management.  
The Non-Executive Directors constructively challenge and help develop proposals on strategy and bring strong, independent judgement, 
knowledge and experience to the Board’s deliberations. The Directors are given access to independent professional advice at the Group’s 
expense when the Directors deem it is necessary in order for them to carry out their responsibilities.  
The Group has effective procedures in place to deal with conflicts of interest. The Board is aware of other commitments of its Directors and 
changes to these commitments are reported to the Board.  
Each of the Directors is subject to retirement by rotation and re-election in accordance with the articles of association of the Company.  
All Directors appointed by the Board are subject to election by shareholders at the first Annual General Meeting after their appointment. 
Board evaluation  
Given its composition and flexibility, the Board has been able, since the admission of the Company’s shares to trading on AIM, to maintain  
a regular evaluation of its effectiveness and that of its Committees. It is believed that the Board and its Committees have functioned well 
throughout this period, meeting with appropriate regularity and with Directors free to voice differing opinions. In particular, the Board considers  
its composition to be appropriate (in view of the size and requirements of the Group’s business, and the need to maintain a practical balance 
between Executives and Non-Executives). As the business of the Group grows and evolves, the Board continues to actively consider 
potential candidates to occupy Board positions.  
Committees  
The Board has established an Audit and Risk Committee and a Remuneration Committee, with formally delegated duties and responsibilities. 
The Board has, since the admission of the Company’s shares to trading on AIM, kept under regular review the possible establishment of  
a Nomination Committee. The Board remains of the view that, given the current composition of the Board, it is not appropriate to have a 
Nomination Committee. This will continue to be kept under regular review by the Board.  
The Audit and Risk Committee  
The Audit and Risk Committee comprises Paul Maier as Chair alongside Dr. Ed Baracchini and Dr. Katrin Rupalla as the other members of 
the Committee. Paul Maier is an independent Director and has recent and relevant financial expertise. The Committee’s responsibilities include: 
• 
monitoring the integrity of our financial and narrative reporting, preliminary announcements and any other formal announcements 
relating to our financial performance; 
• 
advising the Board on whether, taken as a whole, the Annual Report and Accounts is fair, balanced and understandable; 
• 
reviewing the appropriateness and completeness of our risk management and internal controls; 
• 
considering annually whether we should have an internal audit function; 
• 
overseeing our relationship with the external auditor and assessing the effectiveness of the external audit process, including in relation 
to appointment and tendering, remuneration and other terms of engagement, and appropriate planning ahead of each annual audit cycle; 
• 
maintaining regular, timely, open and honest communication with the external auditor, ensuring the external auditor reports to the 
Committee on all relevant matters to enable the Committee to carry out its oversight responsibilities; and 
• 
monitoring risk.  
 
 

4D pharma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2021 
 
 
 
30 
Corporate governance: Corporate governance report (continued)  
 
Committees (continued) 
The Remuneration Committee  
The Company has established a formal and transparent procedure for developing policy on Executive remuneration and for fixing the 
remuneration packages of individual Directors and senior management. The Remuneration Committee comprises Dr. Sandy Macrae  
as Chair and Prof. Axel Glasmacher as the other member of the Committee.  
The Remuneration Committee’s responsibilities additionally include: 
• 
setting a remuneration policy that is designed to promote our long-term success having due regard to the interests of shareholders; 
• 
ensuring that the remuneration of Executive Directors and other senior executives reflects both their individual performance and  
their contribution to our overall results; 
• 
determining the terms of employment and remuneration of Executive Directors and other senior executives, including recruitment  
and retention terms; 
• 
approving the design and performance targets of any annual incentive schemes that include the Executive Directors and other  
senior executives; 
• 
agreeing upon the design and performance targets, where applicable, of all share incentive plans; 
• 
gathering and analyzing appropriate data from comparator companies in the biotechnology sector; and 
• 
the selection and appointment of external advisors to the Remuneration Committee, if any, to provide independent remuneration advice 
where necessary. 
The Board believes that the Audit and Risk Committee and the Remuneration Committee have the necessary character, skills and knowledge to 
discharge their duties and responsibilities effectively, notwithstanding that (given the overall composition of the Board) there is a majority of 
members who are independent Non-Executive Directors. Each Committee is chaired by an independent Non-Executive Director.  
Corporate culture, wider stakeholders and social responsibilities 
The Board recognizes the need, and strives, to promote a corporate culture based on strong ethical and moral values, maintaining high 
standards of integrity and probity in the conduct of the Group’s operations. This culture is promoted throughout its employees and relevant 
suppliers and contractors and is underpinned by the implementation and regular review, enforcement and documentation of relevant policies, 
including health and safety and environmental policies and share dealing and anti-corruption policies. 
The Group is committed to providing a safe environment for its employees and all other relevant parties for which the Group is responsible. 
An open culture is encouraged within the Group, with regular communications to staff regarding progress and staff feedback regularly 
sought. The Company’s management team regularly monitors the Group’s cultural environment and seeks to address any concerns than 
may arise, escalating these to Board level as necessary. 
The Group encourages its employees to understand all aspects of the Group’s business and seeks to remunerate its employees fairly, being 
flexible where practicable. The Group gives full and fair consideration to applications for employment received regardless of age, gender, 
color, ethnicity, disability, nationality, religious beliefs, transgender status or sexual orientation. The Board takes account of employees’ 
interests when making decisions, and suggestions from employees aimed at improving the Group’s performance are welcomed.  
To support its world-leading research, the Group works with contract research organizations and, in its collaborations, with leading academic 
institutions and commercial partners, as well as individual key opinion leaders. In development, the Group works closely with its key third 
party suppliers to continually enhance and improve the development process for our Live Biotherapeutics. In such a new and swiftly evolving 
field as Live Biotherapeutics an effective working relationship with regulatory authorities and clinicians is key to understand and indeed 
define the regulatory environment and clinical processes affecting Live Biotherapeutics. 
The Group is aware of its corporate social responsibilities and the need to maintain effective working relationships across its broad range of 
stakeholder groups. The Group’s business model addresses the need to balance the interests and needs of all of these stakeholder groups 
while maintaining focus on the Board’s primary responsibility to promote the success of the Company for the benefit of its shareholders as 
a whole. 
The Group takes due account of any impact that its activities may have on the environment and seeks to minimize this impact 
wherever possible. 
Details of our commitment to our wider stakeholders and social responsibilities is included in the Strategic Report: Director and 
Chairperson’s statements under the Section 172 Companies Act 2006 header. 
 

4D pharma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2021 
 
 
 
31 
Corporate governance: Corporate governance report (continued) 
 
Approach to risk and internal control  
The Board is responsible for establishing and maintaining the Group’s systems of internal control. The primary responsibility for monitoring 
the quality of internal control has been delegated to the Audit and Risk Committee. Reference is made to the principal risks and uncertainties 
on pages 23 to 27. 
Communicating vision and strategy  
We are committed to communicating openly with our shareholders to ensure that our strategy and performance are clearly understood.  
The Directors seek to engage with institutional shareholders at least twice a year. In addition, all shareholders can attend the Company’s 
Annual General Meeting, where there is an opportunity to question the Directors as part of the agenda, or more informally after the meeting. 
A range of corporate information (including all 4D announcements) is also available to shareholders, investors and the public on our website. 
The Company maintains a dedicated email address which investors may use to contact the Company which, together with the Company’s 
address, are prominently displayed here on the Company's website. 
Communication with shareholders is seen as an important part of the Board’s responsibilities, and care is taken to ensure that all price-sensitive 
information is made available to all shareholders at the same time. Responsibility for investor relations rests with the Chief Executive Officer. 
Reports for the year ended 31 December 2020 from the Chairman of the Audit and Risk Committee and the Chairman of the Remuneration 
Committee are in the Company’s Annual Report available to download at https://www.4dpharmaplc.com/en/investors/reports-presentations. 
Notices of all of the Company’s previous general meetings can be found here and the results of each such meeting are posted immediately 
to the Company’s RNS feed. 
Meeting attendance in 2021 
 
Full Board 
Audit and Risk Committee 
Remuneration Committee 
Number of meetings in year 
5 
5 
8 
Attendance: 
 
 
 
Executive Directors 
 
 
 
Duncan Peyton5 
5 
• 
3 
Dr. Alex Stevenson 
5 
• 
• 
Non-Executive Directors 
 
 
 
Dr. Ed Baracchini1 
5 
4 
• 
Prof. Axel Glasmacher2 
5 
2 
8 
Dr. Sandy Macrae 
5 
• 
8 
Dr. Katrin Rupalla3 
5 
2 
• 
Paul Maier4 
5 
4 
• 
 
1. 
Dr. Ed Baracchini stepped down as Chair of the Audit and Risk Committee in March 2021. 
2. 
Prof. Axel Glasmacher resigned as a member of the Audit and Risk Committee in July 2021. 
3. 
Dr. Katrin Rupalla was appointed as a member of the Audit and Risk Committee in July 2021. 
4. 
Paul Maier joined the Board of Directors in February 2021 and was appointed as Chair of the Audit and Risk Committee in March 2021. 
5. 
Duncan Peyton attended certain Remuneration Committee meetings to provide updates and recommendations. 
 
Details of voting information and recent announcements can be found within the RNS Announcements (http://www.4dpharmaplc.com/investors/rns) 
and SEC Filings (http://www.4dpharmaplc.com/en/investors/sec-filings) sections on our website. 
 

4D pharma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2021 
32 
Corporate governance: Report of the Audit and Risk Committee 
 
The Committee acts independently of management to ensure the interests of shareholders are protected in relation to financial reporting, 
internal controls and risk management. 
As Chair of the Audit and Risk Committee, I am pleased to present our report for the year ended 31 December 2021. The Audit and Risk 
Committee is a sub-committee of the Board and is responsible for reviewing all aspects of the financial reporting of the business and all 
aspects of internal control. The Committee represents the interests of our shareholders in relation to the integrity of information and the 
effectiveness of the audit processes in place.  
Key responsibilities  
The principal duties of the Committee are to:  
• 
monitor the integrity of the Group’s financial reporting including the review of significant financial reporting judgements;  
• 
advise the Board on whether, taken as a whole, the Annual Report and Accounts is fair, balanced and understandable;  
• 
advise the Board on principal risks, their mitigation and risk appetite;  
• 
review the robustness of our risk management and internal controls;  
• 
oversee the external audit process including monitoring the auditor’s independence, objectivity, effectiveness and performance; and  
• 
approve any engagement by the external auditor outside of the Group’s audit.  
The Committee manages the relationship with the external auditor on behalf of the Board to ensure that the external auditor continues to be 
independent, objective and effective in its work, and also considers the re-appointment of the auditor each year.  
RSM UK Audit LLP was appointed as auditor in 2014 following a comprehensive tender process. Each year the Committee considers the 
continued independence of the external auditor and the effectiveness of the external audit process, to determine whether to recommend to 
the Board that the current auditor be re-appointed.  
The Committee has reviewed the external audit process in the year through meetings and reviewing the reports from the external audit team. 
The Committee has concluded that the external audit process was effective and is satisfied that the scope of the audit is appropriate and that 
significant judgements have been robustly challenged.  
Composition and meetings  
The Audit and Risk Committee during the year under review has consisted of three Non-Executive Directors. The Committee is chaired  
by me, Paul Maier; serving alongside me are Dr. Ed Baracchini and Dr. Katrin Rupalla who took over form Prof. Axel Glasmacher after he 
stepped down from his role on the Audit and Risk Committee to ensure independence from his role as Chairperson of the Board of Directors. 
I am an independent Director and have recent and relevant financial experience.  
There were five meetings held in the year ended 31 December 2021; these took place in February, March, May, September and November. 
Committee meetings are also attended by the Chief Finance Officer, the Vice President of Finance, representatives from the external auditor 
and our SEC legal advisors. 
Significant issues relating to the financial statements  
The specific issues considered by the Audit and Risk Committee in the year under review, in relation to the financial statements, are shown below.  
Accounting matters related to the merger  
The accounting for the merger with Longevity Acquisition Corporation is more complex as SPAC’s do not constitute businesses and so are 
not accounted for under IFRS 3 ‘Business Combinations’. Instead, management viewed the accounting for the transaction of a ‘cash shell’  
as the purchase of shares for a consideration.  
Several steps were involved in the accounting for the reverse-merger with Longevity Acquisition Corporation with the initial acquisition via  
a subsidiary company, 4D pharma (BVI) limited. Initial cash received on acquisition was recorded as an asset in 4D pharma (BVI) limited 
before being loaned to 4D pharma plc. Shares issued for the transaction were recorded as an investment in 4D pharma (BVI) limited at fair 
value on the date of issue by 4D pharma plc. Subsequently, 4D pharma (BVI) limited issued a distribution to 4D pharma plc, equal to the 
cash balance minus interest, which reduced the inter-company loan balance to nil. Upon distribution and settlement of the loan balance,  
4D Pharma (BVI) limited held no further assets or liabilities and the investment was impaired to nil in the books and records of 4D pharma plc. 
In addition to the shares issued the transaction 4D pharma plc. assumed or issued several classes of warrants and units. In accounting for 
these the Company followed guidance from the March 2013 IFRIC discussion paper topic 2.8.6 ‘Reversal into a listed entity’ resulting in the 
classification of the warrants and units as equity instruments under IFRS 2 at the date of the transaction.  
The committee reviewed the treatment and concluded that the accounting treatment and disclosures accurately reflected the transaction. 
 
 

4D pharma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2021 
33 
Corporate governance: Report of the Audit and Risk Committee (continued) 
 
Significant issues relating to the financial statements (continued) 
Valuation and accounting for warrants and units 
Management review transactions at inception and subsequently at each reporting date to ensure that its assertions remain correct and that 
the financial statements present a true and fair view. As part of this review the treatment of warrants and units was examined to ensure that 
disclosures and accounting are appropriate and accurate. In forming an options management reviewed the reporting requirements of IFRS 2, 
the requirement of IAS-32 and the recent IFRIC discussion “Transactions with a special purpose acquisition company (SPAC): how should 
founder and public warrants be classified after a SPAC has been acquired’ from February 2022. 
Having considered these factors Management noted that there were several instances where warrants or units would not meet the ‘Fixed-for-Fixed’ 
criteria under IAS 32 and that they should be treated as liabilities. While the warrants issued to Oxford finance always met this definition, and 
were treated as liabilities, the warrants and units include in the Longevity transaction require subsequent re-classification. 
Warrants and units included as financial liabilities in the financial statements were classified in accordance with these principles are adjusted 
to their fair values at 31 December 2021 with gains and losses on valuation reported in the income statement. 
Management have valued public warrants by reference to their market value and have used either the Black Scholes valuation technique  
or a Monte Carlo simulation to value its’ remaining warrants and units dependent on the nature of the variables and suitability of the model. 
The Committee reviewed the reports together with the assumptions, judgements and sensitivities applied to the valuations and underlying 
models. Following this review and after discussions with management, the Committee is satisfied that the treatment is adequate and 
appropriate to the financial statements. 
Valuation of goodwill and other intangible assets  
Testing of goodwill and other intangible assets for potential impairment is complex and requires a number of management estimates and 
sensitivities to be applied, which inevitably requires judgement and is a recurring matter.  
The forecasting tools developed by management to help assess the values of intangible assets and goodwill were updated for variables that 
were known to have changed.  
The Committee reviewed the reports together with the assumptions, judgements and sensitivities applied to the valuations and underlying 
models for impairment testing purposes. Following this review and after discussions with management, the Committee is satisfied that there 
is no impairment to intangible assets or goodwill at this time.  
Recoverability of inter-company balances  
There are various inter-group balances within the Group. For inter-group balances held with entities in a current or shareholder deficit 
position there is a potential that these recoverable balances may not be realized in full. The committee concluded that, after reviewing the 
existing impairment provisions, they are considered adequate and appropriate to the financial statements. 
Paul Maier 
Chair of the Audit and Risk Committee  
31 March 2022 
 
 

4D pharma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2021 
34 
Corporate governance: Directors’ remuneration report: Letter 
 
Dear Shareholder,  
Introduction  
As Chair of the Remuneration Committee (the ‘Committee’), I am pleased to present, on behalf of the Board of Directors of 4D pharma plc 
(the ‘Company’) the Directors’ Remuneration Report for the year ended 31 December 2021 (the ‘Report’). The requirement to prepare this 
report for the first time in accordance with the provisions of the Companies Act 2006 and Schedule 8 of the Large and Medium-sized 
Companies and Groups (Accounts and Reports) (Amendment) Regulations 2013 as amended (the ‘Regulations’) is as a result of the 
Company’s listing in the US on the Nasdaq Global Market in March 2021.  
In 2021, the Committee completed a remuneration benchmarking exercise across the Company which found that the remuneration levels 
were not consistent with its peers. To ensure that the Company attracts and retains key employees, a series of changes have been and will 
be implemented (discussed below) to give the Company the best prospects of achieving its key objectives.  
This Report will be subject to an advisory vote and our Remuneration Policy (the ‘Policy’) will be subject to a binding vote under resolutions 
to be proposed at a general meeting of the Company to be convened later this year (the ‘General Meeting’). The outcome of these votes will 
be considered carefully by the Committee in the formulation and approval of the Company’s future remuneration strategy.  
Company performance in 2021 
Despite challenges faced in 2021, the Company made substantial progress and delivered on many operational objectives during the 
performance period, reflective of the dedication, hard work and support provided by the Company’s employees.  
Key achievements during the 2021 performance period include:  
• 
completion of the Company’s US listing on the Nasdaq Global Market in March 2021 and the successful completion of private placings 
in March and April 2021, raising gross proceeds of £19.45 million. In addition, the Company is now listed on the Nasdaq Global Market 
and has delivered its first financial year as dual-listed company; 
• 
made significant progress in the MRx0518/Keytruda® study by increasing the number of active trial sites and patient populations being 
investigated in the study; 
• 
executed a clinical trial collaboration and supply agreement with Merck KGaA to evaluate MRx0518 in combination with Bavencio® for 
the treatment of locally advanced or metastatic urothelial carcinoma. Under the collaboration, the Company will commence a clinical 
trial to evaluate Bavencio® in combination with MRx0518 as a first-line maintenance therapy for patients with locally advanced or 
metastatic urothelial carcinoma that has not progressed with first-line platinum-containing chemotherapy. Work has been progressing 
throughout 2021 to make preparations to initiate the study which is expected to commence shortly; 
• 
the Company presented multiple data following the successful completion of its Phase II study of Blautix® in patients with irritable bowel 
syndrome (IBS) subtypes IBS-C and IBS-D. The data presented demonstrated that Blautix® is the first therapeutic globally to have 
demonstrated efficacy in both IBS-C and IBS-D. The clinically meaningful overall response rates and improvements in bowel habit  
in both IBS-C and IBS-D, in spite of an unexpectedly high placebo response in certain patient groups, are highly encouraging for 
subsequent larger studies with increased statistical power; and 
• 
in December 2021, the Company announced positive data from Part A of its Phase I/II trial of MRx-4DP0004 for the treatment of partly 
controlled asthma. To the Company’s knowledge, this is the first ever clinical trial of an LBP in this indication. Not only did Part A meet 
the primary endpoint, with the safety profile of MRx-4DP0004 being found to be comparable to placebo, MRx-4DP0004 also generated 
promising signals of clinical activity, which supports progression into Part B of the study. Part B is expected to enroll up to 90 patients, 
informed by the clinical signals identified in Part A.  
Key activities and remuneration decisions for the year ended 31 December 2021  
Since 1 January 2021, the Committee has undertaken the following key decisions and activities:  
• 
in the first half of the year, we engaged an external consultant to support the Committee to conduct a benchmarking exercise over the 
remuneration structure and strategy in advance and following the completion of the Company’s US listing on the Nasdaq Global Market. 
This benchmarking exercise covered both Executive and Non-Executive Directors and considered a comparator group of companies 
that were at a similar development stage to 4D and that had a range of market capitalizations. The comparator group also included 
companies with dual listings (London and the US). The overall remuneration structure was found to be in line with other companies  
of a similar size and complexity and the remuneration strategy is aligned to our industry and 4D’s geographic locations;  
• 
agreed the first ever salary increase for the Executive Directors to move forward on a more commercial footing. This increase will be 
phased with the first increase effective from 1 July 2021 and the second increase to be made in 2023, subject to performance and 
financial affordability; 
• 
adopted a new equity incentive award plan for employees (including Executive Directors). The new equity incentive award plan allows 
the Committee to grant equity-based incentive awards to eligible individuals at all levels in the company, in order to retain, recruit and 
reward the workforce required to create sustainable growth and progress the development of our products; and  
• 
awarded employees (and agreed to award Executive Directors) market value share options under the newly adopted equity incentive 
award plan – the first time ever that such awards had been made across the Company. 
 
 

4D pharma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2021 
35 
Corporate governance: Directors’ remuneration report: Letter (continued) 
 
Reward for the 2021 financial year 
As a result of the review, the Committee concluded that the Executive Directors should be paid on a commercial basis going forward. Since 
the CEO and CSO’s appointments in February 2014 when the Company was founded, they have both received £100,000 per annum as 
remuneration. The proposed salary increases are being phased. From 1 July 2021, the salary paid to the CEO increased to £264,500 per 
annum and increased to £212,600 per annum for the CSO.  
No bonus plan was operated for the 2021 financial year and there were no in-flight LTI awards vesting. 
A company-wide option grant made in December 2021, which was agreed but the grant delayed until January 2022 for Executive Directors. 
This was the first company-wide equity award to have been made since the company’s founding in 2014. This award was made, in recognition  
of the work and commitment since the Company was founded and to retain and incentivise key talent to drive the success of the Company. 
The options are not subject to performance conditions and will vest equally over a period of four years, beginning on 1 June 2022.  
Remuneration Policy  
This is the first year that the Company has been required to put the Policy to shareholders for approval. The Policy is set out in full within this 
Report and will be proposed at a General Meeting of the Company, a notice of which will be sent out in due course setting out the time, date 
and location of such General Meeting, together with resolutions to be proposed at such meeting.  
The Policy is intended to attract and retain high caliber individuals. Fixed pay is intended to be competitive in the relevant markets. A proportion 
of total remuneration is based on performance-related variable pay. Variable pay plans incentivize the achievement of key performance 
measures that underpin the business strategy. Achievement of demanding short-term performance objectives is rewarded through the 
annual bonus, which also builds the foundations for the achievement of longer-term corporate goals. Our Executive Directors have built up 
and maintained a shareholding in the Company since its founding and will be expected to do so from equity awards received under the LTIP, 
thus continuing to demonstrate long-term commitment and aligned interests to those of other shareholders. The remuneration structure 
avoids being unnecessarily complex.  
The Policy also covers Non-Executive Directors. The current remuneration strategy provides an appropriate level of remuneration for their 
services reflecting the time commitments of the role and their skills and experience. Our approach is designed to balance the challenges of 
attracting high caliber NEDs, who have experience and insights of value to our Company and also other Nasdaq listed businesses, with the 
expectations of a UK AIM listed company. Fee levels for the NEDs have remained flat since the Company was formed. During 2021, the 
Chairperson’s fee was increased. The base fee for NEDs was not increased but an additional fee for the chairing of a Board Committee was 
introduced. The Policy provides for the ability to grant of market value options to our NEDs to reflect the market practice of peers listed on 
the exchange/s on which the Company is listed. 
Implementing the Policy for the 2022 financial year 
Given that salaries were increased in July 2021, and that a further planned increase will be made in 2023 subject to performance and 
financial affordability, no salary increases for Executive Directors are being made for the 2022 financial year. 
The Executive Directors do not receive a pension contribution. 
Since the Company’s formation, no bonuses have been paid to the Executive Directors. For the 2022 financial year, the Committee intends 
to operate a discretionary annual bonus plan. The maximum annual bonus opportunity for 2022 will be 100% of salary. Performance will take 
into account individual contribution, business performance, technical and commercial progress and/or financial results. The Committee will 
assess the bonus outturn to ensure the scale of the award is proportionate and always linked to performance. 
Going forward, an approved Policy will operate for future awards granted after the date of the AGM. 
The Policy provides for the ability to make an LTIP award of up to 200% of salary (PSP equivalent face value on grant). No decision has 
yet been made but for any awards made for the 2022 financial year, the Committee will determine individual awards within this approved 
policy limit.  
Corporate governance  
4D pharma is a dual-listed Company whose shares are traded on the AIM Market of the London Stock Exchange (AIM) and Nasdaq Global 
Market. Therefore, we are subject to corporate governance standards and regulations applicable in both the US and UK. It is the Committee’s 
view that the Policy ensures relevant corporate governance standards and regulations with regard to ensuring that remuneration practices 
are met.  
The Committee comprises two members who are both independent Non-Executive Directors under the Corporate Governance Code as 
published by the Quoted Companies Alliance (the ‘QCA Code’), under US securities laws and Nasdaq listing rules.  
Summary  
The Committee considers that this Report and the Policy contained within the Report provide a remuneration structure and quantum that 
encourage both Executive and Non-Executive Directors to serve in the best interests of the Company to support the delivery of value to 
shareholders in the future in a sustainable way.  
Further, the Committee trusts that the both the Report and the Policy are helpful and looks forward to the Company’s General Meeting where 
we hope to have your support.  
Yours sincerely,  
Dr. Sandy Macrae 
Chair of the Remuneration Committee  
31 March 2022 
 

4D pharma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2021 
36 
Corporate governance: Directors’ remuneration report: Policy 
 
Remuneration Policy principles  
The Company’s approach is that the remuneration structure is aligned to the wider business strategy and takes account of the performance 
of the Company, the individual, economic conditions and market practice. The Remuneration Policy (the ‘Policy’) underpins our ability to 
attract, incentivize and retain high caliber individuals. 
In determining the design, implementation and assessment of remuneration, the Remuneration Committee (the ‘Committee’) follows the key 
principles of remuneration as set out in the supporting Remuneration Committee Guide to the QCA Code. 
The following section of this report describes our Policy for 4D pharma’s Executive and Non-Executive Directors. 
Executive Director Remuneration Policy 
In determining the Policy for Executive Directors, the Committee considers the Company’s development and performance and reviews the 
profile and performance of the Executive Directors. The scale and structure of their remuneration and the basis of their service agreements  
is set with due regard to the regulatory landscape, views of our major shareholders and the wider stakeholder group and developments in 
market practice. As an AIM-listed company, the Committee applies the principles of the QCA Code and considers the expectations of the 
wider stakeholder group in the development and implementation of the Remuneration Policy. The Committee seeks to determine that the 
remuneration is sufficiently competitive to attract and retain a high calibre of Executive Director. The Policy has a strong performance-related 
component, with a proportion of the total remuneration being based on variable pay and delivered in shares, ensuring poor performance is 
not rewarded. 
The Policy is designed to ensure that executive management is provided with appropriate incentives to encourage enhanced performance 
and, in a fair and responsible manner, rewarded for its contribution to the success of the Company. The Committee considers the external 
market and geographic location in which the Company operates and uses remuneration data from time to time to inform its decisions, 
together with a comparison of the pay and practices in the wider Company. 
The following table summarizes each element of the proposed Remuneration Policy, explaining how each component operates. The Policy 
will be formally effective following shareholder approval at the 2022 AGM, with those parts of the Policy applicable to the annual bonus 
applying for the full 2022 financial year. Awards made prior to the approval of the Policy remain subject to the prevailing provisions of grant.  
Base salary 
Purpose and link to strategy 
• 
Provides a core level of reward for the completion of Executive Directors’ duties. Set at a level that allows the Company to attract and 
retain employees of the calibre required to drive the Company’s success at the appropriate level. 
Operation 
• 
The Committee normally reviews salaries annually. 
• 
Base salary for each Director is determined by the Committee taking into account a number of factors including, but not limited to, the 
performance of the individual and the Company, increases for the wider local population, as well as external peer group market data 
for comparable organizations. 
• 
On occasion, larger increases may be required to recognize, for example, a change in the scope and responsibility of the role or 
development in role. 
• 
The Committee considers the impact of any increases in salary on total remuneration. 
• 
Salary (and other components of remuneration) may be paid in different currencies as appropriate to reflect their geographic location. 
• 
Pensionable. 
Maximum opportunity 
• 
There is no prescribed maximum salary or annual increase. 
• 
When considering salary levels, the Committee will consider the specific nature and responsibilities of the role, the capabilities and 
experience of the individual, in addition to pay levels in relevant talent markets for companies of similar size and complexity. 
• 
Increases will not normally exceed those available to the wider workforce, taking into account the location in which the executive  
is based. Increases above those available to the wider workforce may apply in certain circumstances, including but not limited to 
increases in responsibility/size of the role, and changes in the size and complexity of the Company. 
Performance framework 
• 
Not applicable. 
 
 
 

4D pharma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2021 
37 
Corporate governance: Directors’ remuneration report: Policy (continued) 
 
Executive Director Remuneration Policy (continued) 
 
Pension  
Purpose and link to strategy 
• 
Provides Executive Directors with long-term savings for their future. 
Operation 
• 
Only salary is pensionable. 
• 
Where applicable, payments are made directly to a nominated pension scheme, or, if payments are made as a cash allowance in lieu 
of pension, they are delivered monthly through payroll. 
Maximum opportunity 
• 
Executive Directors may be eligible for Company pension contributions or an equivalent cash payment in lieu. Where made, 
contribution levels will not exceed those available to the wider local workforce from time to time. 
• 
Currently, the Company does not make payments into an occupational pension scheme for Executive Directors, nor does it make 
contributions into the private pension schemes of Executive Directors. 
Performance framework 
• 
Not applicable. 
 
Benefits 
Purpose and link to strategy 
• 
Provides market competitive benefits in line with the Executive Directors’ local market and those offered to the wider workforce  
in that market. 
Operation 
• 
Executive Directors may be eligible for benefits as operated locally from time to time as deemed appropriate by the Committee.  
• 
Executive Directors may be eligible for other benefits which are introduced for the wider workforce on broadly similar terms. 
• 
Executive Directors may be eligible to participate in any employee share plans. 
• 
Any reasonable business-related expenses may be reimbursed, including any taxes payable thereon, if determined to be a 
taxable benefit. 
Maximum opportunity 
• 
There is no defined maximum value for benefits. 
• 
The Committee will consider the aggregate value of any benefits when determining what should be offered, avoiding paying more than 
is necessary. 
Performance framework 
• 
Not applicable. 
 
 
 

4D pharma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2021 
38 
Corporate governance: Directors’ remuneration report: Policy (continued) 
 
Executive Director Remuneration Policy (continued) 
 
Annual Bonus Plan 
Purpose and link to strategy 
• 
To incentivize and reward the achievement of the Company’s short-term objectives, in complement to the LTIP which is focused on 
achievement of long-term objectives. 
Operation 
• 
Awards are based on annual performance against a balanced scorecard of relevant metrics as determined by the Committee, normally 
at the start of each year. 
• 
Performance criteria may include annual targets based on clear and measurable objectives that are key to the achievement of the 
business strategy.  
• 
Performance may take into account individual contribution, business performance, technical and/or commercial progress and  
financial results.  
• 
At the end of the performance period, the Committee will assess the extent to which the performance targets have been met.  
• 
The annual bonus may be delivered in cash and/or shares. 
• 
Malus and clawback provisions may apply to both the cash and share-based element of the award in the event of: 
i. 
material misstatement of financial results; 
ii. 
misstatement of performance; 
iii. 
material failure of risk management; 
iv. 
serious misconduct or material error by a participant; 
v. 
corporate failure; 
vi. 
serious reputational damage; 
vii. 
the use of personal hedging undermining the effects of the shareholding policy; 
viii. 
breach of employment contract; or 
ix. 
any other circumstances similar in nature or effect to those above. 
 
• 
Non-pensionable. 
• 
All bonus payments are at the ultimate discretion of the Committee. The Committee has discretion to override formulaic outturns and 
scale back awards, including to zero to ensure the overall bonus payout is reflective of the business performance of the Company.  
Maximum opportunity 
• 
The maximum annual bonus opportunity is 100% of salary in any financial year. 
• 
The Committee will determine annual award opportunity and retains the discretion to set the actual opportunity below the Policy maximum. 
Performance framework 
• 
Performance measures will be set each year by the Committee taking into account the Company’s key strategic objectives for the year. 
The performance measures are reviewed each year to ensure they remain appropriate and alternative measures will be set if appropriate. 
• 
The Committee retains the ability in exceptional circumstances to adjust targets and/or set alternative measures and alter weightings  
if certain events occur that cause it to determine that they are no longer appropriate and a change is required to ensure they achieve 
their original purpose and are not materially less difficult to satisfy. 
 
 
 

4D pharma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2021 
39 
Corporate governance: Directors’ remuneration report: Policy (continued) 
 
Executive Director Remuneration Policy (continued) 
 
Long Term Incentive Plan 
Purpose and link to strategy 
• 
To provide incentive and reward for the delivery of the Company’s long-term strategic objectives and align the long-term interests  
of shareholders and management through the use of shares to build an increased shareholding.  
Operation 
• 
Individuals may be considered for an award under the 4D pharma Long Term Incentive Plan, each financial year, subject to individual 
performance and Committee discretion.  
• 
Awards may take the form of market value options (with or without performance conditions), performance share awards or restricted share 
awards. However the current intention is to only grant market value options, with performance conditions, to the Executive Directors. 
• 
Awards may be structured as options or as contingent awards. 
• 
Performance conditions are normally set by the Committee on or before each grant.  
• 
The Committee will determine the extent to which the award vests subject to the extent that any performance conditions have been  
met and subject to continued employment, in accordance with the plan rules.  
• 
The Committee has the ability to cash settle awards in exceptional circumstances. There is no current intention for awards held by 
Executive Directors to be cash settled. 
• 
The vesting outcome may be reduced, if necessary, to reflect the underlying Company financial performance. 
• 
A post-vesting holding period (normally of two years) may apply at the discretion of the Committee for LTIP awards that vest (net of tax). 
Any holding requirement will continue to apply if the Executive Director leaves employment during the holding period or is permitted to 
retain any part of an award as a good leaver. The shares will count towards the Executive Director’s in-employment shareholding requirement. 
• 
Dividend equivalents, payable in either cash or additional shares, may be paid. 
• 
Malus and clawback provisions apply in the event of: 
i. 
material misstatement of financial results; 
ii. 
misstatement of performance; 
iii. 
material failure of risk management; 
iv. 
serious misconduct or material error by a participant; 
v. 
corporate failure; 
vi. 
serious reputational damage; 
vii. 
the use of personal hedging undermining the effects of the shareholding policy; 
viii. 
breach of employment contract; or 
ix. 
any other circumstances similar in nature or effect to those above. 
 
• 
The Committee has discretion to override formulaic outturns and scale back awards, including to zero, to reflect the wider  
business performance.  
• 
Awards are subject to discretions set out in the relevant LTIP rules. 
• 
Non-transferable, except on death to the option holder’s personal representative, and may not be assigned or charged. 
Maximum opportunity 
• 
From the date of approval of this Policy, the normal maximum LTIP grant limit is 200% of salary on the assumption that awards are 
made as performance share awards. For the purposes of this limit, where market value options with performance conditions are 
awarded, the maximum face value of shares subject to options will be divided by 2.75 (giving a maximum face value of 550% of salary) 
if there are performance conditions and by 2.2 (giving a maximum face value of 440% of salary) if there are no performance conditions. 
Where restricted share awards are awarded the face value of shares subject to the awards will be multiplied by 2 (giving a maximum 
face value of 100% of salary).  
• 
The Committee will determine individual awards annually, within the approved Policy limit. 
Performance framework 
• 
Performance measures, their respective weightings and targets are set by the Committee. 
• 
Vesting of awards will normally be based on achievement of key strategic measures, selected by the Committee and measured over  
a period of no less than three financial years. 
• 
Different performance measures and/or weightings may be used for future awards. 
• 
The Committee retains the ability in exceptional circumstances to adjust targets and/or set alternative measures and alter weightings  
if certain events occur that cause it to determine that they are no longer appropriate and a change is required to ensure they achieve 
their original purpose and are not materially less difficult to satisfy. 
 
 
 

4D pharma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2021 
40 
Corporate governance: Directors’ remuneration report: Policy (continued) 
 
Executive Director Remuneration Policy (continued) 
 
Shareholding requirements  
Purpose and link to strategy 
• 
The Committee considers that share ownership by the Executive Directors strengthens the link between their personal interests and 
those of shareholders. 
Operation 
In-employment requirement 
• 
Executive Directors are expected to build up their shareholding requirement over a period of time, through the retention of shares 
received under the Company’s equity incentive plans, net of sales tax and/or shares purchased from the Directors’ own funds.  
Awards vesting under the LTIP shall be retained until the shareholding is met. 
• 
Vested but unexercised LTIP awards/LTIP shares that have vested, including those within the two-year post-vesting holding period,  
on a net of tax basis count towards this limit. 
Maximum opportunity 
• 
There is no maximum; however, Executive Directors are expected to build and maintain a minimum shareholding equivalent to 200%  
of salary for the CEO and 200% for all other Executive Directors. 
• 
A newly appointed Executive Director is normally required to meet the minimum shareholding requirement within a period of five years 
of appointment to the Board. 
Performance framework 
• 
Not applicable. 
 
Committee discretion in the operation of incentive plans 
The Committee operates the Company’s incentive plans according to the respective plan rules and in accordance with local tax authorities. 
The Committee retains discretion over a number of areas relating to the operation and administration of the Policy. These include, but are 
not limited to: 
• 
who participates in incentive plans; 
• 
the timing of award grants and/or payments; 
• 
the type of an award (market value option, performance share award or restricted share award); 
• 
the size of an award and/or a payment (within the limits of the Policy as set out in the table above), including determining the actual 
number of shares, taking into account the share price and wider factors; 
• 
the discretion to make one-off awards (within the limit of the Policy as set out in the table above); 
• 
the choice, weighting and targets of performance metrics; 
• 
determining the delivery vehicle of the award; 
• 
discretion relating to the measurement of performance in the event of a change of control or restructuring; 
• 
determination of ‘good leaver’ status for incentive plan purposes based on the rules of each plan and the appropriate treatment and 
treatment of leavers’ awards; 
• 
determining the extent of vesting of awards and pay outturns, based on the assessment of any performance conditions, including 
overriding formulaic outcomes and scaling back awards;  
• 
the form of payment; 
• 
the net settling of awards and/or cash settling of tax, to the extent permitted under the prevailing plan rules; 
• 
whether, and if so to what extent, malus and clawback shall apply; 
• 
adjustments made in certain circumstances, e.g. change of control, rights issue, or corporate restructuring, including but not limited  
to the assessment of performance on any modified basis taking into account a curtailed vesting period; and 
• 
ability to adjust existing performance conditions for exceptional events so that they can still fulfil their original purposes but are no  
less stretching. 
Legacy arrangements 
The Policy will be formally effective following shareholder approval at the 2022 AGM, with those parts of the Policy applicable to the annual 
bonus applying for the full 2022 financial year. For payments and commitments made prior to the approval of this Policy, the Company may 
make payments and honor any commitments entered into with current or former Directors. Details of any payments will be set out in the 
Annual Report on Remuneration as they arise. 
Executive Directors’ external appointments 
Executive Directors may undertake external appointments as Non-Executive Directors of other companies and retain the fees, with the 
approval of the Board, on a case-by-case basis. 
 
 

4D pharma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2021 
41 
Corporate governance: Directors’ remuneration report: Policy (continued) 
 
Non-Executive Director Remuneration Policy  
 
NED fees 
Purpose and link to strategy 
• 
Supports the recruitment and retention of high calibre Non-Executive Directors with the required skills and experience.  
• 
To provide fees which take account of the responsibilities and the time commitment of the role. 
Operation 
• 
The Chairperson’s fee is determined and recommended to the Board by the Committee. 
• 
Fees are reviewed annually. 
• 
Remuneration for Non-Executive Directors, other than the Chairperson, comprises a basic annual fee for acting as Non- Executive 
Director of the Company. The annual fee covers all duties, including service on any Board Committee. 
• 
Supplementary fees may be paid for chairing Board Committees. 
• 
The Chair receives an all-inclusive fee. 
• 
NEDs are not eligible to participate in any pension, bonus or benefits plans. 
• 
At the discretion of the Board/Committee, NEDs may be eligible to receive option grants to reflect the market practice of peers listed  
on the same exchange as the Company.  
• 
Reasonable business-related expenses, including tax thereon if applicable, may be reimbursed if determined to be a taxable benefit, 
including the independent professional advice. 
• 
If there is a temporary yet material increase in the time commitments for Non-Executive Directors, the Board may pay extra fees on  
a pro-rata basis to recognize the additional workload. 
Maximum opportunity 
• 
There is no maximum fee level but fees are set by reference to current market rates.  
• 
Aggregate fees are subject to the limit set out in the articles of association. 
Performance framework 
• 
Not applicable. 
 
 
 

4D pharma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2021 
42 
Corporate governance: Directors’ remuneration report: Policy (continued) 
 
Executive Director Remuneration Policy scenario analysis 
The charts below illustrate the amounts that each of the Executive Directors would be paid under different annual performance scenarios, 
based on the Directors’ Remuneration Policy. 
 
 
The underlying assumptions for each of the above performance scenarios are detailed below: 
 
Fixed remuneration  
Variable remuneration 
Performance 
scenario 
Salary, pension 
and benefits  
Annual bonus 
LTIP 
Threshold 
ü  
û 
û 
On-target 
ü  
ü 
On-target bonus of 50% of maximum opportunity 
(50% of salary) 
ü 
50% LTIP vesting 
Stretch 
ü  
ü 
100% of maximum opportunity 
(100% of salary) 
ü 
Full LTIP vesting 
Stretch + 50%  
ü  
ü 
100% of maximum opportunity 
(100% of salary) 
ü 
As above but with the assumption that share 
price has appreciated by 50% 
 
Selection of performance measures and targets 
The performance measures are selected based on the strategic priorities of the Company. The measures and their respective weightings 
may change from time to time. For the current performance period, short-term corporate objectives include measures relating to clinical 
development, corporate development, commercial planning, finance, manufacturing and intellectual property/legal. 
 
 
100%
40%
25%
20%
100%
40%
25%
20%
20%
25%
20%
20%
25%
20%
40%
50%
60%
40%
50%
60%
£267,500 
£664,250 
£1,061,000 
£1,325,500 
£215,600 
£534,500 
£853,400 
£1,066,000 
£0
£200,000
£400,000
£600,000
£800,000
£1,000,000
£1,200,000
£1,400,000
Minimum
Target
Maximum
Max with
50% share
price
growth for
LTI
Minimum
Target
Maximum
Max with
50% share
price
growth for
LTI
Chief Executive Officer
Chief Scientific Officer
Remuneration (£000)
Fixed pay
Annual bonus
Long-term incentives

4D pharma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2021 
43 
Corporate governance: Directors’ remuneration report: Policy (continued) 
 
Selection of performance measures and targets (continued) 
Full details of the measures and targets used for any bonus and/or LTI will be disclosed in the annual report on remuneration for the 
relevant year. 
Statement of consideration of shareholder views 
The views expressed by shareholders and proxies in respect of our disclosures and at the AGM are considered by the Committee as part 
of the development of the Policy. The Company also engages with investors through our investor relations inbox and, recognizing the reach 
of social media, via regular updates through Twitter and LinkedIn, providing an alternative and valuable platform for investors to share 
their views. 
The Company continues to engage with investors to address any aspects of general investor concern, typically led by the CEO and the 
Chairperson, and regularly hosts update seminars and presentations to institutional investors and wider stakeholders. 
Statement of consideration of employment conditions elsewhere in the Company 
The Committee does not formally consult with employees; however, the Committee is updated by the HR Director on the results of 
engagement surveys/employee forums. The Committee is provided with details of salary increases for the wider employee workforce, 
benefits made available and the participation in any bonus and LTIPs. The Committee is aware of how the average total remuneration  
of employees generally compares to that of the Executive Directors. 
Difference in the Policy for Executive Directors relative to the broader employee population 
The broad themes and philosophy are consistent throughout the Company. There are good reasons for the structure and/or quantum for 
Executive Directors to differ from that of the broader employee population, including a greater proportion of the remuneration being ‘at risk’ 
performance-related variable pay. Key themes and philosophy include: 
• 
Salaries throughout the Company are reviewed annually, taking account of the same factors for both Executive Directors and the  
wider workforce. 
• 
Eligibility for benefits will be assessed on similar terms. 
• 
All employees, including Executive Directors are eligible to participate in any bonus plan. 
• 
Executive Directors and individuals at all levels in the Company are eligible to participate in the new equity incentive award plan.  
The only equity awards made since the Company was founded were made on a Company-wide basis.  
Approach to recruitment  
The Committee will set an appropriate level of base salary to secure high caliber candidates either from the external market or internal 
promotion, paying no more than is necessary to secure the candidate. 
The Committee may set initial base salary below the market rate with the aim to make multi-year staged increases to achieve the desired 
market position over time. Where necessary these increases may be above those of the wider workforce, but will be subject to continued 
development in the role. Base salary, together with benefits will reflect the skills and experience of the individual and the role and take into 
account location, internal relativities, the external market and the candidate’s current remuneration. 
Annual bonus opportunity will be consistent with the Policy above and subject to the maximum level referred to in it. LTI awards will not 
exceed 1.5 times the limit set out in the Policy above.  
In addition, the Committee may consider making a one-off award, for example a buy-out award, either in cash or shares, to compensate for 
deferred awards forfeited by the individual on leaving their previous employer, if this is in the best interests of the Company and its shareholders. 
The award will normally attempt to reflect the type of award, and the time horizons and performance conditions attached to the awards being 
forfeited to the extent possible. 
Depending on the timing of the appointment, the Committee may consider it appropriate to set different annual bonus performance conditions 
and/or to pro-rate the award in the first financial year of appointment. An LTI award may be made shortly following appointment, or as soon 
as practical after once the Company is no longer in a close period. 
The cost of reasonable relocation expenses and legal fees may be made, as necessary. 
Existing terms and incentive awards and benefits will be ringfenced for internal appointees (where different structures are in place 
below Board). 
 
 

4D pharma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2021 
44 
Corporate governance: Directors’ remuneration report: Policy (continued) 
 
Policy on leaving office 
There is no fixed end date to the service agreements. A 12-month notice period is set under the Executive Directors’ service agreements.  
On termination of the Executive Directors’ service agreement, the Committee will take into account the Director’s duty to mitigate loss when 
determining the compensation.  
The Company may terminate the contract immediately in the event of default, which includes, but is not limited to, circumstances where the 
individual is disqualified from acting as a Director, convicted of a criminal offence, declared bankrupt, found guilty of fraud or conducting 
gross misconduct. 
In the event of an early termination, not as a result of default, the Committee may exercise discretion to make a payment in lieu of notice 
equivalent to the basic salary that would have been payable on the date of termination. 
The policy on the treatment of Executive Directors on departure from office is summarized in the following table:  
 
Element of remuneration 
Leaver, other than as a good leaver or on a change  
of control/winding up 
Good leaver* 
Salary, benefits and pension 
Paid/provided for proportion of notice period 
worked. Any accrued but untaken holiday  
pro-rated to the date of leaving. 
Paid up to the date of departure, or death, or for a period 
up to the end of a benefit plan period at the discretion of 
the Committee. Pro-rata accrued but untaken holidays to 
date of departure. 
Annual bonus  
Departure during the bonus year will normally 
mean no bonus is payable. 
Departure during the bonus year, or in the period to the 
normal payment date, will normally mean a pro-rata 
bonus is payable, based on the extent of the performance 
period employed and performance achieved. 
LTIP 
Awards will ordinarily lapse on cessation  
of employment. 
Subject to the discretion of the Committee, unvested 
awards will normally be retained by the individual for the 
remainder of the vesting period and remain subject to the 
relevant performance conditions and will ordinarily be 
subject to time pro-ration. 
In the event of death, the Committee will determine the 
extent to which the unvested awards may be exercised. 
The award may ordinarily be exercised within 12 months 
of death. 
Other 
The Committee may pay reasonable outplacement and legal fees where considered appropriate. 
The Committee may pay any statutory entitlements or settle or compromise claims in connection with  
a termination of employment, where considered in the best interests of the Company. 
 
* 
Cessation due to ill health, injury or disability of such severity as to result in their leaving, any reason (other than gross misconduct) after 
15 years’ continuous service has been accrued, with the Company, change of control or any other reason (other than gross misconduct) at the 
Committee’s discretion. 
 
Non-Executive Directors are entitled to fees that have accrued up to the date of termination, together with the reimbursement of expenses 
incurred before that date. 
Executive Directors’ service contracts  
The table below summarizes the key details in respect of each Executive Director’s service contract. The contracts have an equal notice 
period from the individual and the Company of a maximum of 12 months. 
Executive Directors  
 
 
Name  
Title 
Contract date 
Notice period 
Duncan Peyton 
Chief Executive Officer 
10 February 2014 
12 months 
Dr. Alex Stevenson 
Chief Scientific Officer 
10 February 2014 
12 months 
 
Non-Executive Directors’ terms of appointment 
 
Non-Executive Directors 
 
 
Name  
Appointment date 
Notice period 
Prof. Axel Glasmacher 
7 January 2019 
3 months 
Dr. Ed Baracchini 
6 December 2018 
3 months 
Dr. Sandy Macrae 
19 August 2019 
3 months 
Dr. Katrin Rupalla 
23 September 2020 
3 months 
Paul Maier 
9 February 2021 
3 months 
 
 
 

4D pharma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2021 
45 
Corporate governance: Directors’ remuneration report: Report 
 
This report sets out the elements of remuneration paid to, or earned by, the Directors in respect of the financial year 2021. 
Single total figure of remuneration of each Director (unaudited) 
The Directors’ proportion of fixed and variable remuneration is shown in the below table for the years ended 31 December 2021 and 2020. 
Fixed remuneration is the sum of salary, taxable benefits and pension (columns a, b and e of the single total figure table). Variable remuneration 
is the sum of any annual bonus, share options or other types of remuneration (columns c, d and other of the single total figure table). 
Year ended 
31 December 2021 
(a) 
Salary/fees 
£000 
(b) 
Benefits (i) 
£000 
(c) 
Bonus 
£000 
(d) 
LTIP (ii) 
£000 
(e) 
Pension 
£000 
2021 Total 
£000 
Fixed 
remuneration 
(a, b and e) 
£000 
Variable 
remuneration 
(c, d and other) 
£000 
Executive 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Duncan Peyton 
182 
3 
— 
— 
— 
185 
185 
— 
Dr. Alex Stevenson 
156 
3 
— 
— 
— 
159 
159 
— 
Non-Executive 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Prof. Axel Glasmacher(1) 
75 
— 
— 
— 
— 
75 
75 
— 
Dr. Ed Baracchini 
50 
— 
— 
— 
— 
50 
50 
— 
Dr. Sandy Macrae(2) 
54 
— 
— 
— 
— 
54 
54 
— 
Dr. Katrin Rupalla 
50 
— 
— 
— 
— 
50 
50 
— 
Paul Maier(3), (4) 
49 
— 
— 
— 
— 
49 
49 
— 
 
 
Year ended 
31 December 2020 
(a) 
Salary/ fees 
£000 
(b) 
Benefits (i) 
£000 
(c) 
Bonus 
£000 
(d) 
LTIP (ii) 
£000 
(e) 
Pension 
£000 
2020 Total 
£000 
Fixed 
remuneration 
(a, b and e) 
£000 
Variable 
remuneration 
(c, d and other) 
£000 
Executive 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Duncan Peyton 
100 
2 
— 
— 
— 
102 
102 
— 
Dr. Alex Stevenson 
100 
2 
— 
— 
— 
102 
102 
— 
Non-Executive 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Prof. Axel Glasmacher 
50 
— 
— 
— 
— 
50 
50 
— 
Dr. Ed Baracchini 
50 
— 
— 
— 
— 
50 
50 
— 
Dr. Sandy Macrae 
50 
— 
— 
— 
— 
50 
50 
— 
Dr. Katrin Rupalla(5) 
15 
— 
— 
— 
— 
15 
15 
— 
Thomas Engelen(6) 
10 
— 
— 
— 
— 
10 
10 
— 
David Norwood(7) 
8 
— 
— 
— 
— 
8 
8 
— 
 
(i) 
Benefits represent private medical insurance during the years ended 31 December 2021 and 2020. 
(ii) No options or other share-based awards vest during the 2020 or 2021 financial year. 
(1) Prof. Axel Glasmacher’s fee was increased from £50,000 to £100,000 effective as of 1 July 2021. 
(2) Dr. Sandy Macrae’s fee was increased from £50,000 to £57,300 effective as of 1 July 2021. 
(3) Paul Maier was appointed on 9 February 2021. 
(4) Paul Maier’s fee was increased from £50,000 to £61,000 effective as of 1 July 2021. 
(5) Dr. Katrin Rupalla was appointed on 18 August 2020. 
(6) Thomas Engelen resigned as a Director on 21 May 2020.  
(7) David Norwood resigned as a Director on 30 September 2020. 
 
Performance against annual bonus targets (unaudited) 
Executive Directors are eligible to participate in an annual bonus plan. For the 2021 financial year, no annual bonus plan was operated. 
Non-Executive Directors are not eligible to participate in the annual bonus plan.  
Long-term incentive grants/awards with performance periods ending in 2021 (unaudited) 
Executive Directors may be granted long-term incentive awards at the discretion of the Committee. During the year ended 31 December 2021, 
there were no in-flight LTIP awards to vest.  
LTIP interests awarded during the financial year (unaudited) 
No LTIP awards were granted to Directors during the 2021 financial year. 
Payments to past Directors (unaudited) 
There were no payments to past Directors made during the financial year ending 31 December 2021.  
Payments for loss of office (unaudited) 
There were no payments made to Directors for loss of office during the financial year ending 31 December 2021. 
 
 

4D pharma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2021 
46 
Corporate governance: Directors’ remuneration report: Report (continued) 
 
Statement of Directors’ shareholdings and share interests (unaudited) 
The table below sets out, as at 31 December 2021, the beneficial interest in the Company’s shares of the Directors (together with interests 
held by his or her connected persons). In addition, the table below also sets out the total number of shares held by Directors which are 
unvested, the total number of options held by Directors, as at 31 December 2021, which are vested but not yet exercised and the total 
number of options held by Directors which are unvested. 
 
Share vested  
Warrants  
Shares unvested  
Options vested but 
not exercised  
Unvested options 
Director 
Beneficially 
owned 
shares 
 
Beneficially 
owned 
warrants(1) 
 
LTIP 
 
LTIP 
 
LTIP 
Executive 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Duncan Peyton 
9,514,771 
 
666,666 
 
— 
 
— 
 
— 
Dr. Alex Stevenson 
9,358,464 
 
666,666 
 
— 
 
— 
 
— 
Non-Executive 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Prof. Axel Glasmacher 
30,000 
 
— 
 
— 
 
— 
 
— 
Dr. Ed Baracchini 
— 
 
— 
 
— 
 
— 
 
— 
Dr. Sandy Macrae 
— 
 
— 
 
— 
 
— 
 
— 
Dr. Katrin Rupalla 
— 
 
— 
 
— 
 
— 
 
— 
Paul Maier 
— 
 
— 
 
— 
 
— 
 
— 
 
(1) Warrants were acquired as part of private placing. Exercisable at £1.00. 
 
Executive Directors are expected to maintain a minimum shareholding equivalent to 200% of salary. Both Executive Directors have achieved, 
and exceeded, this level of shareholding. Non-Executive Directors have not received awards under the Company’s LTIP. There is no formal 
policy on Non-Executive Directors’ shareholdings. 
Performance graph and table (unaudited) 
The graph below shows the Company’s performance, measured by total shareholder return, for UK ordinary shares listed on AIM Market of 
the London Stock Exchange (AIM) against the AIM All Share Index. The AIM All Share Index has been selected for this comparison because 
the Company has been trading on this exchange since 2014 and is therefore considered to be the most suitable comparator index. 
 
 
 
0
20
40
60
80
100
120
140
160
180
12/31/2016
12/31/2017
12/31/2018
12/31/2019
12/31/2020
12/31/2021
Value (£) (rebased)
4D Pharma
FTSE AIM All Share Index
This graph shows the value, by 31 December 2016, of £100 invested in 4D Pharma on 31 December 2016, compared with the 
value of £100 invested in the FTSE AIM All Share Index on the same date.
Total shareholder return
Source: Datastream

4D pharma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2021 
47 
Corporate governance: Directors’ remuneration report: Report (continued) 
 
Chief Executive Officer total remuneration history 
Since the CEO and CSO’s appointment in February 2014 when the Company was founded, they have both received £100,000 per annum as 
remuneration, with no bonus or equity awards made during that time. From 1 July 2021, the salary paid to the CEO increased to £264,500 
per annum and increased to £212,600 per annum for the CSO, as part of a phased increase.  
The table below summarizes the Chief Executive Officer’s total single figure of remuneration, annual bonus and long-term incentive outturns, 
as a percentage of maximum opportunity for 2021 and the previous four years. 
 
 
2017 
£000 
2018 
£000 
2019 
£000 
2020 
£000 
2021 
£000 
Total single figure of remuneration  
100 
100 
100 
100 
182 
Annual bonus  
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
LTIP 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
 
No bonuses were paid and no LTIP awards vested in the five-year period shown above. 
Annual percentage change in Directors’ and employees’ remuneration 
 
 
Salary/fees 
 
Benefits 
 
Annual bonus 
Director 
2020 
2021 
 
2020 
2021 
 
2020 
2021 
Executive 
 
  
 
  
 
 
Duncan Peyton 
0% 
82.5%  
0% 
28.4%  
— 
— 
Dr. Alex Stevenson 
0% 
56.6%  
0% 
29.5%  
— 
— 
Non-Executive 
 
  
 
  
 
 
Prof. Axel Glasmacher 
0% 
50%  
n/a 
n/a  
n/a 
n/a 
Dr. Ed Baracchini 
0% 
0%  
n/a 
n/a  
n/a 
n/a 
Dr. Sandy Macrae 
194% 
7.3%  
n/a 
n/a  
n/a 
n/a 
Dr. Katrin Rupalla(1) 
n/a 
n/a  
n/a 
n/a  
n/a 
n/a 
Paul Maier(2) 
n/a 
n/a  
n/a 
n/a  
n/a 
n/a 
Average for UK employees(3) 
-11.7% 
10.8%  
n/a 
n/a  
n/a 
n/a 
 
(1) Dr. Katrin Rupalla was appointed on 18 August 2020. 
(2) Paul Maier was appointed on 9 February 2021. 
(3) In 2019, the Company had 57 employees in the UK. In 2020, the Company had 49 employees in the UK. In 2021, the Company had 35 employees in 
the UK. 
 
Relative importance of spend on pay (unaudited) 
The Remuneration Committee considers the Company’s research and development (R&D) expenditure relative to salary expenditure for 
all employees to be the most appropriate metric for assessing overall spend on pay due to the nature and stage of the Company’s business. 
Dividend distribution and share buy-back comparators have not been included because the Company has no history of such transactions. 
The table below illustrates the gross pay to all employees, per year, as compared to R&D expenditure and illustrates the year-on-year change. 
 
 
2021 
£000 
2020 
£000 
 
% change 
Gross pay to all employees 
4,405 
4,758 
(7.4%) 
R&D expenditure 
19,818 
22,041 
(10.1%) 
 
Membership of the Remuneration Committee and its advisors (unaudited) 
The Remuneration Committee currently comprises two independent Non-Executive Directors: Dr. Sandy Macrae (Chair) and Prof. Axel Glasmacher. 
In May 2020 Dr. Macrae assumed the role of Chair of the Committee from Dr. Glasmacher. The Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial 
Officer and Interim General Counsel, while not members of the Committee, as well as others, are invited to attend Remuneration Committee 
meetings as required to provide advice and assistance. No Director plays any part in determining his own remuneration. The terms of 
reference of the Committee can be found on our website at www.4dpharmaplc.com. 
Committee membership 
 
Date of appointment 
to the Committee 
Meetings eligible to 
attend 
Meetings attended 
Dr. Sandy Macrae (Chair) 
May 2020 
8 
8 
Prof. Axel Glasmacher 
September 2020 
8 
8 
 
 
 

4D pharma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2021 
48 
Corporate governance: Directors’ remuneration report: Report (continued) 
 
Membership of the Remuneration Committee and its advisors (unaudited) (continued) 
Committee membership (continued) 
In carrying out its responsibilities, the Committee seeks external remuneration advice as required. During the year, the Remuneration 
Committee engaged Radford (part of Aon plc) to provide advice on certain remuneration matters, including: 
• 
an evaluation of the compensation provided to the Non-Executive Directors during the financial year and recommendations for a go-forward 
compensation program; 
• 
a cash compensation benchmarking analysis (competitive assessment) for the European and US workforce; 
• 
a further review of cash compensation provided to Executive Directors and other members of the senior management team, with 
recommendations for a go-forward compensation program; and 
• 
strategic review of equity compensation practices in Europe and the US given the Company’s listing on the Nasdaq Global Market. 
The Remuneration Committee is satisfied that Radford (part of Aon plc) provided independent and objective advice. During 2021, total fees 
of approximately £117,000 were paid to Radford (part of Aon plc). 
Statement of voting at a general meeting of the Company 
The Company will hold a general meeting on a date to be announced in due course. At this general meeting, shareholders will be asked to 
approve the Remuneration Policy through a binding vote for the first time, and the annual report on remuneration through an advisory vote. 
Results of these two votes will be included in next year’s Directors’ Remuneration Report. 
Statement of implementation of Remuneration Policy for 2022  
Annual salary (unaudited) 
Following a review of compensation in 2021, the Committee decided to increase the salaries for the Executive Directors, as the Company 
moves to a more commercial footing. This increase is being phased – an initial increase was made, effective 1 July 2021, with the balance  
of the proposed increase to be made in 2023 subject to financial affordability. As a result, no increases are being made for 2022. 
 
Salary 
(1 January 2022) 
Salary 
(1 January 2021) 
Increase in salary 
2021 to 2022 
Duncan Peyton 
£264,500 
£100,000 
£164,500 
Dr. Alex Stevenson 
£212,600 
£100,000 
£112,600 
 
Benefits and pension 
Both Executive Directors will continue to receive private medical insurance coverage. No changes are proposed be made to the provision 
of benefits. 
Bonus 
In line with the Policy provided within this Directors’ Remuneration Report, Executive Directors will be eligible to participate in the annual 
bonus for the 2022 financial year. 
The bonus will be subject to the achievement of key short-term corporate objectives which have been set by the Committee with respect  
to the current performance period. Performance will be assessed against a balanced scorecard of relevant metrics that are key to the 
achievement of the business strategy.  
For the current performance period, short-term corporate objectives include measures relating to clinical development, corporate 
development, commercial planning, finance, manufacturing and intellectual property/legal. 
The amount of bonus payable is at the discretion of the Committee subject to review of performance against the short-term corporate 
objectives at the end of the performance period (which is aligned with the financial year). 
Long Term Incentive Plan 
As announced in an RNS statement of the same date, on 4 January 2022 an option grant was made to the Executive Directors. This company-wide 
award was made in December 2021 for all eligible employees but the grant for the Executive Directors was delayed until January 2022.  
This is the first LTIP award either Executive Director had been granted since their appointment in February 2014 when the Company was 
founded. The granting of options was part of the first ever Company-wide award, taking into account the recent Nasdaq listing and the need 
to attract, retain and incentivize talent to drive the success of the Company. 
Each Executive Director was granted market value options over 2,730,486 shares, with an exercise price of 53.6 pence per share. The options 
are not subject to performance conditions and will vest in equal parts annually over a period of four years, beginning on 1 June 2022. 
Going forward, any future annual grants are expected to be lower and will be made under the approved Remuneration Policy, which is 
effective for grants made after the approval of the Policy at the 2022 AGM, and will be subject to the Policy limits. 
 
 

4D pharma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2021 
49 
Corporate governance: Directors’ remuneration report: Report (continued) 
 
Statement of implementation of Remuneration Policy for 2022 (continued) 
Chairperson’s and Non-Executive Directors’ fees for 2022 
 
Fees 
(1 January 2022) 
£000 
Fees 
(1 January 2021) 
£000 
Increase in fees 
2021 to 2022 
£000 
Chairperson(1) 
100 
50 
50 
Non-Executive Director base fee 
50 
50 
— 
Additional fees: 
 
 
 
Senior Independent Director  
— 
— 
— 
Remuneration Committee Chair(2) 
7 
— 
7 
Audit and Risk Committee Chair(3) 
11 
— 
11 
 
(1) Chairperson fee was increased from £50,000 to £100,000 with effect from 1 July 2021. 
(2) Remuneration Committee Chair additional fee of £7,300 introduced with effect from 1 July 2021. 
(3) Audit and Risk Committee Chair additional fee of £11,000 introduced with effect from 1 July 2021. 
 
At the discretion of the Board/Committee, NEDs may be eligible to receive option grants to reflect the market practice of peers listed on the 
same exchange/s as the Company.  
Board of Directors 
As 4D has grown and developed from an R&D organization to a fully-fledged clinical-stage drug development biotech, the Company has 
made key additions to its Board. The Company appointed one new Non-Executive Director, in addition to a new Chief Financial Officer and  
a new Chief Business Officer in 2021, bringing valuable experience in the clinical development of novel therapies, biopharma finance and 
business development activities. 
Prof. Dr. Axel Glasmacher, Non-Executive Chairman 
Appointment date: April 2020 (current role) 
Axel joined our board of directors in January 2019, and he has served as our Chairman since April 2020. Prof. Glasmacher currently serves 
as the Owner of AG Life Science Consulting GmbH & Co. KG since March 2018. Previously, Prof. Glasmacher served as Senior Vice 
President, Global Clinical Research & Development at Celgene, from April 2016 to February 2018, as Corporate Vice President, Clinical 
Research and Development from January 2015 to April 2016, as Head/Vice-President of Medical Affairs for Europe, Middle East, and Africa 
from 2010 to 2014. From May 2006 to December 2009 he worked as Medical Director for Celgene in Germany. Prior to Celgene, Professor 
Glasmacher worked within the field of hematology-oncology at the University Hospital in Bonn from August 1988 to April 2006. Prof. 
Glasmacher currently serves on the board of Active Biotech AB (Lund, Sweden) and Ryvu Therapeutics (Kraków, Poland) as well as the 
Cancer Drug Development Forum (a non-profit association in Belgium). Prof. Glasmacher holds a Medical Doctorate from and serves as 
adjunct professor of medicine at the University of Bonn. 
Duncan Peyton, Chief Executive Officer 
Appointment date: June 2014 
Duncan has a proven track record in identifying, investing in and growing businesses within the pharmaceutical sector. He was the founder 
of Aquarius Equity, a specialist investor in businesses within the life sciences sector, which provided investors with access to innovative,  
high growth potential companies that delivered significant capital growth. Duncan started his career in a bioscience start-up business, which 
ultimately went on to list on the London Stock Exchange, subsequently qualified as a corporate finance lawyer with Addleshaw Goddard 
(then Addleshaw Booth & Co), and later joined 3i plc as an investment manager. Duncan founded Aquarius in 2005, which made founding 
investments into Nanoco Technologies Limited, Auralis Limited (subsequently sold to ViroPharma), Tissue Regenix Group plc, Brabant 
Pharma (subsequently sold to Zogenix, Inc.) and C4X Discovery plc. Duncan is a co-founder of 4D pharma plc and has served as Chief 
Executive Officer since 2014. 
Dr. Alex Stevenson, Chief Scientific Officer 
Appointment date: June 2014 
Alex began his career as a microbiologist, working in research for a number of years before joining an NYSE-quoted drug development 
company. He subsequently moved into pharmaceutical and healthcare investment and has fulfilled a number of board-level investment and 
operational management roles. He was a director and shareholder in Aquarius Equity from 2008, where he was responsible for identifying 
new investments and developing and implementing scientific strategies both pre and post-investment. These included Tissue Regenix Group 
plc, C4X Discovery Holdings plc and Brabant Pharma (subsequently sold to Zogenix, Inc.). Prior to joining Aquarius Equity, Alex worked for 
IP Group plc, where he specialized in life sciences investments identifying, developing and advising a number of companies in its portfolio, 
some of which went on to list on AIM. He joined IP Group following its acquisition of Techtran Group Limited in 2005. Alex is a co-founder  
of 4D pharma plc and has served as Chief Scientific Officer since 2014.  
 
 

4D pharma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2021 
50 
Corporate governance: Directors’ remuneration report: Report (continued) 
 
Board of Directors (continued) 
Dr. Edgardo (Ed) Baracchini, Non-Executive Director 
Appointment date: January 2019 
Dr. Baracchini served as the Chief Business Officer of Imago BioSciences, Inc., a biotechnology company, from April 2020 January 2021. 
Prior to joining us, Dr. Baracchini served as Chief Business Officer at Xencor Inc, from January 2010 to September 2018. Dr. Baracchini has 
also served as the SVP, Business Development for Metabasis Therapeutics (which was acquired by Ligand Pharmaceuticals, Inc.) from May 
2002 to November 2009. Dr. Baracchini currently serves on the board of INmune Bio, Inc., a Nasdaq listed company, and CoImmune, Inc.,  
a privately held company. Dr. Baracchini holds a B.S.in Microbiology from University of Notre Dame, a Ph.D. in Molecular and Cell Biology 
from the University of Texas at Dallas, and an MBA from the University of California, Irvine — Paul Merage School of Business. 
Dr. Sandy Macrae, Non-Executive Director 
Appointment date: August 2019 
Dr. Sandy Macrae has over 20 years of experience in the pharmaceutical industry, with a combination of scientific, medical and commercial 
expertise. Dr. Macrae currently serves as President and Chief Executive Officer of Sangamo Therapeutics, Inc., a leading genomic medicine 
company active in developing cell and gene therapies across a range of rare and large indications. Dr. Macrae has previously served as 
Global Medical Officer of Takeda Pharmaceuticals, overseeing medical affairs, regulatory affairs, pharmacovigilance, outcomes research  
and epidemiology, quantitative sciences, and knowledge and informatics. Prior to that, Dr. Macrae held roles of increasing responsibility  
at GlaxoSmithKline, including Senior Vice President, Emerging Markets Research and Development (R&D), and Vice President, Business 
Development. Earlier in his career, he worked for SmithKline Beecham, where he was responsible for clinical development in the therapeutic 
areas of neurology and gastroenterology. 
Dr. Katrin Rupalla, Non-Executive Director 
Appointment date: September 2020 
Dr. Rupalla brings to 4D pharma over 20 years of experience in the pharmaceutical industry, extensive regulatory and clinical expertise in the 
fields of oncology and neuroscience. Dr. Rupalla has previously served in senior positions at Merck & Co., Roche, Celgene and BristolMyers 
Squibb (BMS). While at BMS, Dr. Rupalla was Vice President Head R&D China and Global Development Team Leader for Opdivo/Yervoy  
in China, and then Vice President, Head Oncology Global Regulatory Sciences. Throughout her career, she has led regional and global 
teams responsible for obtaining approvals for multiple new therapeutics and indications, including Opdivo, Yervoy, Rituxan, Xeloda, Avastin, 
Revlimid and Vidaza, among others. After this, Dr Rupalla previously served as Senior Vice President, Global Head Regulatory Affairs, 
Medical Documentation and R&D Quality at Lundbeck, a leading biopharmaceutical developing novel therapeutics for diseases of the central 
nervous system (CNS). Dr Rupalla is a co-founder and CEO of Ymmunobio AG, an immuno-oncology biotech launched in December 2021. 
She is currently a member of the Board of Directors of Ambrx. She has a PhD in CNS Pharmacology from the Philipps-University Marburg, 
Germany, and an MBA from Jones International University, CO, US. 
Paul Maier, Non-Executive Director 
Appointment date: March 2021 
Paul Maier has over 25 years of investor and public relations, operational, regulatory, and finance expertise in the healthcare industry.  
Mr. Maier was previously the Chief Financial Officer of Sequenom Inc., where he was responsible for raising over $360 million in equity  
and debt financings, expanding institutional sell side research analyst coverage, as well as overseeing and establishing internal financial 
infrastructure. Previously, he was Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Ligand Pharmaceuticals (NASDAQ: LGND) where  
he helped build Ligand from a venture stage company to a commercial, integrated biopharmaceutical organisation, raising over $1 billion  
in equity and debt financings including a successful IPO, and helped negotiate multiple R&D and commercial partnerships and transactions. 
He has also acted as an independent financial consultant to life sciences companies. Mr. Maier is currently a Board member of Eton 
Pharmaceuticals, Inc., Biological Dynamics and International Stem Cell Corporation (OTCQB: ISCO). He holds an MBA from Harvard 
University and a BS in Business Logistics from the Pennsylvania State University. Dr. Sandy Macrae Chairman of the Remuneration 
Committee 31 March 2021. 
Dr. Sandy Macrae 
Chair of the Remuneration Committee 
31 March 2022 
 
 
 

4D pharma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2021 
51 
Corporate governance: Directors’ report 
 
The Directors present their report together with the audited consolidated financial statements, along with the Independent Auditor’s Report 
for the year ended 31 December 2021. 
Pages 4 to 108 inclusive (together with sections of the Annual Report incorporated by reference) comprise a Directors’ Report that has been 
drawn up and presented in accordance with and in reliance upon applicable English company law and the liabilities of Directors in connection 
with that report shall be subject to the limitations and restrictions provided by such law. 
Strategic Report  
In accordance with section 414C(11) of the Companies Act 2006 and the Companies Act 2006 (Strategic Report and Directors’ Report) 
Regulations 2013, the Group has chosen to set out in the Strategic Report information required by schedule 7 of the Large and Medium-sized 
Companies and Groups (Accounts and Reports) Regulations 2008. Information has been included in the Strategic report rather than the 
Directors’ report to avoid duplication of the details of the Group’s research programs and future developments as these are considered to  
be of strategic importance to the Group. 
Directors  
The Directors who held office during the year, and as at the date of signing the financial statements, and brief biographical descriptions of the 
Directors, are set out on pages 49 and 50.  
The beneficial and non-beneficial interests of the Directors in the Company’s ordinary shares of 0.25 pence are disclosed in the Report of the 
Remuneration Committee on page 46.  
No Director had an interest in any contract that was significant in relation to the Group’s business at any time during the year.  
Directors’ indemnity insurance 
The Group has maintained insurance throughout the year for its Directors and officers against the consequences of actions brought against 
them in relation to their duties for the Group. Such provision remains in force as at the date of approval of the Directors’ Report.  
Research and development activities  
The principal activity of the Group is research and development, a review of which is included in the Chairperson and CEO’s statement  
on pages 7 to 11.  
Total research and development spend in the year to 31 December 2021 was £19.8 million (year to 31 December 2020: £22.0 million).  
No development expenditure was capitalized in the current year or prior year.  
Dividends  
The Directors do not recommend payment of a dividend nor was there a dividend in the year to 31 December 2020.  
Employment policies  
The Group is committed to ensuring the health and safety of its employees in the workplace. This includes the provision of regular 
medical checks.  
The Group is committed to keeping employees as fully informed as possible with regard to the Group’s performance and prospects and 
seeks their views, wherever possible, on matters which affect them as employees.  
Financial instruments  
Details of the Group’s financial risk management objectives and policies are disclosed in note 27 to the financial statements.  
Share capital and funding  
As at 31 December 2021 share capital comprised 180,300,967 ordinary shares of 0.25 pence each. There is only one class of share and 
all shares are fully paid. No share carries any right to fixed income, and each share carries the right to one vote at general meetings of 
the Company. 
 
 

4D pharma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2021 
52 
Corporate governance: Directors’ report (continued) 
 
Streamlined Energy and Carbon Reporting 
At the start of 2021 the Company instigated a more formal review and reporting regime for its energy consumption and CO2 emissions in  
all its locations. We have analyzed the emissions from the different locations, and its distribution among several categories: electricity, gas, 
travel and cooling. The conversions have been made from the data provided by the suppliers, and where not available, estimates have been 
made based on the existing information. For employees working from home, the electricity and CO2 data has been based on annual costs  
of 175kg of CO2 per computer plus 0.7 tons of CO2 per person. 
The following table shows the distribution of the CO2 emissions per site, and the global emissions for the Group: 
Site 
Year to 
31 December 2021 
kWh 
Year to 
31 December 2021 
kg CO2e 
Year to 
31 December 2020 
kWh 
Year to 
31 December 2020 
kg CO2e 
4D pharma plc (Leeds, UK) 
151,757 
24,390 
86,056 
29,748 
4D Pharma Research 
Limited (Aberdeen, UK) 
279,773 
46,150 
250,003 
57,942 
Total (UK) 
 431,530 
70,540 
336,059 
87,690 
4D Pharma León S.L.U. 
(León, Spain)* 
2,172,919 
375,010 
1,073,879 
215,840 
4D Pharma Cork Limited 
(Cork, Ireland) 
2,200 
350 
28,303 
7,744 
Total (Europe) 
2,606,649 
445,900 
1,438,241 
311,274 
4D Pharma Delaware Inc. 
(CA, USA) 
725 
130 
— 
— 
Total (global) 
2,607,374 
446,030 
1,438,241 
311,274 
 
* 
The kg CO2e calculation includes fluorinated gases that are not included in the kWh calculation. 
 
Our manufacturing plant, in León, Spain, contributed the majority of the Group emissions at 84% of the total in the year to 31 December 2021 
compared to 69% of total Group emissions in the year to 31 December 2020. In early 2021 4D Pharma León implemented an Environmental 
Management System, which includes the goals of reduction of emissions and waste. The system has been audited, and an ISO 14000 
certificate will be requested in 2022. 
The Group is currently reporting an increase of 43% on CO2 emissions from last year, mainly due to the change in operational activity that 
had a more pronounced effect in 2020 than in 2021 as COVID-19 restrictions reduced. Group CO2 emissions are further exacerbated in 2021 
due to a cumulative correction from our gas provider in León, Spain, which arose from a meter defect detected during the year; we have not 
tried to correct for the effect of this in prior years as the information is not available. The following graphs show the distribution  
of emissions by category: 
 
Due to the pandemic and associated restriction to traveling, lower staff numbers, and increased utilization of working from home conditions 
among staff, emissions associated with traveling remained similar in 2021 despite the relative easing of restrictions during the year (when 
compared to 2020). The Group policy has been updated to try to maintain these working policies, albeit with an anticipated increase in 
attendance at local offices, by actively promoting technological solutions over travel. The calculation of emissions associated with travel  
has been made using the carbon emissions calculator of the Spanish government. 
 
 
Emissions source 2021
Travel (Scope 3)
Electricity (Scope 2)
Cooling (Scope 2)
Heating/Gas (Scope 2)
Emissions source 2020
Travel (Scope 3)
Electricity (Scope 2)
Cooling (Scope 2)
Heating/Gas (Scope 2)

4D pharma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2021 
53 
Corporate governance: Directors’ report (continued) 
 
Streamlined Energy and Carbon Reporting (continued) 
Cooling-associated emissions have been calculated using the official conversion factors from the volume of fluorinated gases used in the 
regulation of temperature management systems. 
Regarding the sustainability of our activity, efforts are devoted to use as much energy obtained from renewable sources as possible with 
32% of the energy utilized in the Group being from certified renewable sources. 
Intensity metric 
The intensity metric utilized is tCO2e per FTE. The commitment of the Company to improve energy efficiency will be measured by this metric 
in the comparison with future years. The intensity metric for 2021 is 4.63 tCO2e/FTE. The increase in intensity comes from the increase in the 
industrial production level between 2020 and 2021. Efforts will be dedicated to reducing the total emissions and the intensity metric. 
Substantial shareholders 
 
Number of 
ordinary shares 
0.25 pence each 
as at 
31 December 
2021 
% of 
issued capital 
Number of 
ordinary shares 
0.25 pence each 
as at 
31 December 
2020 
% of 
issued capital 
Hargreaves Lansdown Asset Management 
25,139,905 
13.94% 
16,853,258 
12.82% 
4D pharma Directors and related holdings 
18,025,411 
10.00% 
16,707,731 
12.71% 
South Ocean Capital Management LLC and connected parties 
13,863,075 
7.69% 
14,442,698 
10.99% 
Interactive Investor Trading 
13,274,017 
7.36% 
7,495,859 
5.70% 
Halifax Share Dealing 
8,978,509 
4.98% 
5,129,953 
3.90% 
Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp (Merck & Co./MSD) 
8,315,023 
4.61% 
7,661,000 
5.83% 
Fidelity Management & Research Company 
7,152,255 
3.97% 
— 
0.00% 
A J Bell Securities 
6,576,128 
3.65% 
3,947,699 
3.00% 
Barclays Bank 
6,316,420 
3.50% 
6,060,085 
4.61% 
American Depositary Receipts (ADRs) 
24,850,880 
13.78% 
— 
0.00% 
 
Full details of the Group’s and the Company’s share capital movements during the year are given in note 23 to the financial statements.  
Details of shares under option are provided in note 21 to the financial statements.  
Corporate Governance Statement  
The Group’s statement on corporate governance can be found in the Corporate Governance Report on pages 28 to 31.  
Going concern  
The Chairperson and CEO’s Statement on pages 7 to 11 outlines the business activities of the Group, along with the factors which may 
affect its future development and performance, and discusses the Group’s financial position, along with details of its cash flow and liquidity. 
Reference is made to the statement on principal risks and uncertainties on pages 23 to 27.  
The Group and parent company are subject to a number of risks similar to those of other development stage pharmaceutical companies. 
These risks include, amongst others, generation of revenues in due course from the development portfolio and risks associated with 
research, development and obtaining regulatory approvals of its products. Ultimately, the attainment of profitable operations is dependent  
on future uncertain events which include obtaining adequate financing to fulfil the Group’s commercial and development activities and 
generating a level of revenue to support the Group’s cost structure.  
The Directors have prepared detailed financial forecasts and cash flows looking beyond 12 months from the date of the approval of these 
financial statements. In developing these forecasts, the Directors have made assumptions based upon their view of the current and future 
economic conditions that are expected to prevail over the forecast period and believe that the current cash position of the Group will be 
sufficient to support the Group into quarter four of 2022.The Directors are continuing to explore sources of finance available to the Group and 
have a reasonable expectation that they will be able to secure sufficient cash inflows into the Group to continue its activities for not less than 
12 months from the date of approval of these accounts. They have therefore prepared the financial statements on a going concern basis.  
Because the additional finance is not committed at the date of approval of these financial statements, these circumstances represent a 
material uncertainty as to the Group’s ability to continue as a going concern. Should the Group be unable to obtain further finance such that 
the going concern basis of preparation were no longer appropriate, adjustments would be required including to reduce the balance sheet 
values of assets to their recoverable amounts, and to provide for future liabilities that may arise. 
 

4D pharma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2021 
54 
Corporate governance: Directors’ report (continued) 
 
Disclosure of information to the auditor  
The Directors who held office at the date of approval of this Directors’ Report confirm that:  
• 
so far as they are each aware, there is no relevant audit information of which the Group’s auditor is unaware; and  
• 
each Director has taken all the steps that they ought to have taken as a Director to make himself aware of any relevant audit 
information, and to establish that the Group’s auditor is aware of that information.  
Auditor  
RSM UK Audit LLP has indicated its willingness to continue in office. Ordinary resolutions to re-appoint RSM UK Audit LLP as auditor and to 
authorize the Directors to agree its remuneration will be proposed at the forthcoming Annual General Meeting.  
Annual General Meeting 
The Annual General Meeting of the Company will be held at 9 Bond Court, Leeds, UK, LS1 2JZ. The date and time of the AGM will be 
confirmed in the near future. 
The Directors’ Report was approved by the Board on 31 March 2022 and was signed on its behalf by:  
Duncan Peyton  
Chief Executive Officer  
31 March 2022 
 
 

4D pharma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2021 
55 
Corporate governance: Statement of Directors’ responsibilities 
 
The Directors are responsible for preparing the Strategic Report, the Directors’ Report and the financial statements in accordance with 
applicable law and regulations.  
Company law requires the directors to prepare Group and Company financial statements for each financial year. The Directors have elected 
under company law and are required by the AIM Rules of the London Stock Exchange to prepare Group financial statements in accordance 
with UK-adopted International Accounting Standards and have elected under company law to prepare the Company financial statements in 
accordance with UK-adopted International Accounting Standards. 
The Group and Company financial statements are required by law and UK-adopted International Accounting Standards to present fairly the 
financial position and performance of the group. The Companies Act 2006 provides in relation to such financial statements that references in 
the relevant part of that Act to financial statements giving a true and fair view are references to their achieving a fair presentation. 
Under company law the Directors must not approve the financial statements unless they are satisfied that they give a true and fair view of the 
state of affairs of the Group and the Company and of the profit or loss of the Group for that period.  
In preparing each of the Group and Company financial statements, the Directors are required to:  
a. 
select suitable accounting policies and then apply them consistently;  
b. 
make judgements and accounting estimates that are reasonable and prudent;  
c. 
state whether they have been prepared in accordance with UK-adopted International Accounting Standards in conformity with the 
requirements of the Companies Act 2006; and  
d. 
prepare the financial statements on the going concern basis unless it is inappropriate to presume that the Group and the Company will 
continue in business.  
The Directors are responsible for keeping adequate accounting records that are sufficient to show and explain the Group’s and the 
Company’s transactions and disclose with reasonable accuracy at any time the financial position of the Group and the Company and enable 
them to ensure that the financial statements comply with the Companies Act 2006. They are also responsible for safeguarding the assets  
of the Group and the Company and hence for taking reasonable steps for the prevention and detection of fraud and other irregularities.  
The Directors are responsible for the maintenance and integrity of the corporate and financial information included on the 4D pharma plc website.  
Legislation in the UK governing the preparation and dissemination of financial statements may differ from legislation in other jurisdictions. 
 
 

4D pharma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2021 
56 
Independent auditor’s report to the members of 4D pharma plc 
 
Opinion 
We have audited the financial statements of 4D pharma plc (the ‘parent company’) and its subsidiaries (the ‘group’) for the year ended  
31 December 2021 which comprise the Group Statement of Total Comprehensive Income, the Group and Parent Company Statement of 
Financial Position, the Group and Parent Company Statement of Changes in Equity, the Group and Parent Company Cash Flow Statement 
and notes to the financial statements, including significant accounting policies. The financial reporting framework that has been applied  
in their preparation is applicable law and UK-adopted International Accounting Standards and, as regards the parent company financial 
statements, as applied in accordance with the provisions of the Companies Act 2006. 
In our opinion:  
• 
the financial statements give a true and fair view of the state of the group’s and of the parent company’s affairs as at 31 December 2021 
and of the group’s loss for the year then ended; 
• 
the group financial statements have been properly prepared in accordance with UK-adopted International Accounting Standards; 
• 
the parent company financial statements have been properly prepared in accordance with UK-adopted International Accounting 
Standards and as applied in accordance with the Companies Act 2006; and 
• 
the financial statements have been prepared in accordance with the requirements of the Companies Act 2006. 
Basis for opinion 
We conducted our audit in accordance with International Standards on Auditing (UK) (ISAs (UK)) and applicable law. Our responsibilities under 
those standards are further described in the Auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements section of our report. We are 
independent of the group and parent company in accordance with the ethical requirements that are relevant to our audit of the financial 
statements in the UK, including the FRC’s Ethical Standard as applied to listed entities and we have fulfilled our other ethical responsibilities 
in accordance with these requirements. We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis 
for our opinion. 
Summary of our audit approach 
 
Key audit matters 
 
Group 
• 
Longevity “Merger” accounting 
• 
Impairment of Intangibles 
• 
Warrant issue accounting and valuation 
Parent Company 
• 
Longevity “Merger” accounting 
• 
Warrant issue accounting and valuation 
• 
Impairment of intercompany receivables 
Materiality 
Group 
• 
Overall materiality: £539,000 (2020: £588,000) 
• 
Performance materiality: £404,000 (2020: £441,000) 
Parent Company 
• 
Overall materiality: £249,000 (2020: £330,000) 
• 
Performance materiality: £186,000 (2020: £247,000) 
Scope 
Our audit procedures covered 100% of revenue, total assets and loss before tax. 
 
 
 

4D pharma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2021 
57 
Independent auditor’s report to the members of 4D pharma plc (continued) 
 
Key audit matters 
Key audit matters are those matters that, in our professional judgment, were of most significance in our audit of the group and parent 
company financial statements of the current period and include the most significant assessed risks of material misstatement (whether or not 
due to fraud) we identified, including those which had the greatest effect on the overall audit strategy, the allocation of resources in the audit 
and directing the efforts of the engagement team. These matters were addressed in the context of our audit of the group and parent 
company financial statements as a whole, and in forming our opinion thereon, and we do not provide a separate opinion on these matters.  
In addition to the matter described in the Material uncertainty related to going concern section we have determined the matters described 
below to be the key audit matters to be communicated in our report. 
Longevity “Merger” Accounting (Group and parent) 
Key audit matter 
description 
On 22 March 2021, the Group “merged” with Longevity Acquisition Corporation (“Longevity”), a Special 
Purpose Acquisition Company (“SPAC”), and listed on Nasdaq. Details relating to the transaction are set out 
in Note 13 to the Financial Statements and the basis of accounting set out in Accounting Policy 3(a)(ii) 
Acquisition of Special Purpose Acquisition Companies. 
The specific nature of activity of a SPAC means that any transaction involving such a vehicle does not meet 
the normal criteria for a Business Combination under IFRS3 and as a result the accounting becomes more 
complex. Application of incorrect accounting principles can lead to a material mis-statement of the Group 
and Parent Statement of Financial Position in terms of the values applied to the recognition of the assets 
acquired, the equity issued as part of the transaction and the investment held in the Parent Company 
Financial Statements. 
How the matter was 
addressed in the audit 
The Directors prepared a detailed paper setting out the basis of the transaction, along with underlying 
calculations to support the accounting adopted in the financial statements. We performed work on the 
Directors’ assessment as follows:  
• 
Reviewing the underlying legal agreements and documents setting out the status of Longevity as  
a SPAC and the basis of the transaction as a result to ensure that the basis of the transaction was 
consistent with this. 
• 
Challenging the Board as to the basis of the accounting set out in their Paper and the alternative 
approaches that had been considered. 
• 
Reviewing the accounting adopted by management to ensure that the valuation applied to both the 
investment acquired and the consideration issued was in accordance with the applicable accounting 
standard and underlying legal agreements. 
 
 
Warrant issue accounting and valuation (group and parent) 
Key audit matter 
description 
During the year, the Group issued various warrants to subscribe for Ordinary Shares in the parent company 
both as part of the Longevity “Merger” and the raising of loan finance. Details concerning these transactions 
are set out in Notes 21and 23 respectively to the Financial Statements and the accounting policies applied  
to the warrant issues in Notes 3(t) and 3(u). 
Accounting for warrants is a complex area involving judgements and estimates around the applicable 
accounting treatment on initial issue and the valuation thereof and whether there is the need to subsequently 
re-value these instruments. Judgements around the models applicable for the valuation of the instruments 
and the key estimates and inputs into these models have to be made by management and evaluated by  
the auditor. 
How the matter was 
addressed in the audit 
The Directors prepared detailed papers to set out the accounting treatment of the warrants as part of their 
assessment of the accounting for the Longevity “Merger” (as noted above) and raising of loan finance.  
Our audit work on this area included: 
• 
Reviewing the legal agreements issued in respect of the various warrants to establish the basis of 
conclusions reached by the Directors. 
• 
Challenging the Directors’ assessment of the basis of accounting of each of the warrant instruments. 
• 
Reviewing the models used by the Board to value / re-value the instruments, challenging management 
on the estimates used and the sensitivity of the estimates to variance. 
• 
Reviewing the disclosures in the Financial Statements to ensure the consistency with the underlying 
agreements and accounting policies. 
 

4D pharma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2021 
58 
Independent auditor’s report to the members of 4D pharma plc (continued) 
 
Key audit matters (continued) 
 
Impairment of intangibles (group) 
Key audit matter 
description 
The Group carries goodwill and other intangibles amounting to £13,686,000 (2019: £14,025,000) in respect 
of past business combinations and subsequent purchases of intangible assets. As set out in note 12 the 
recoverability (and timing thereof) of the goodwill and other intangibles arising on these acquisitions is 
dependent on the cash generating units to which the intangible is allocated generating sufficient cash flows 
in the future. We considered this to be a key audit matter because of the significant management judgement 
in forecasting the cash flows and selecting an appropriate discount rate. There is a high level of estimation 
uncertainty which results in there being a significant risk associated with determining whether goodwill and 
other intangible assets are impaired and useful economic lives remain appropriate. 
How the matter was 
addressed in the audit 
We performed work on the Directors’ impairment assessment as follows:  
• 
Reviewing the underlying models, corroborating the inputs thereto and challenging the judgements and 
assumptions used by management and the need or otherwise for these to be updated based on new 
matters arising in their assessment of whether goodwill and other intangible assets had been impaired;  
• 
Performing sensitivity analysis on the cash flow model;  
• 
Considering whether the models used in the prior year are still appropriate given the developments 
within the business during the year and the stages of the programme lifecycles; and  
• 
Assessing management’s sensitivity analysis of key assumptions and how these have been updated, 
including those in relation to the likelihood of successful product development, timing of sales and 
associated cash inflows, pricing, and discount rate, and considered whether the disclosures about  
the sensitivity of the outcome of the impairment assessment to reasonably possible changes in key 
assumptions were adequate and properly reflecting the risks inherent in the assessment of the carrying 
value of goodwill and other intangibles. 
 
Impairment of intercompany receivables (parent) 
Key audit matter 
description 
At 31 December 2021 the parent company balance sheet includes gross amounts owed by subsidiary 
undertakings of £86,900,000 (2020: £74,078,000). The risk is that this balance may not be recoverable 
owing to the ongoing losses sustained in the group’s subsidiary undertakings. The recoverability of these 
balances is judgemental, and the Directors have provided us with their assessment of recoverability through 
multiple scenarios, including the present value of future cashflows, the saleable value of liquid assets, and 
also through assessing the value of the group (including assessment of the current market capitalisation).  
A cumulative provision of £1,408,000 (2020: £1,408,000) has been recognised against the receivable from 
4D Pharma Cork Limited. No other intercompany receivables were impaired. 
How the matter was 
addressed in the audit 
We identified amounts due from each subsidiary undertaking and discussed with management whether each 
balance is recoverable taking into account the strategic plans established by the Board in respect of each 
subsidiary undertaking. We also obtained management’s impairment reviews and underlying calculations 
prepared to support the carrying value of the financial assets. We performed work on the Directors 
assessment as follows:  
• 
Reviewing forecasts, and challenging the assumptions and inputs used in the determining the present 
value of future cashflows, including the likelihood of successful product development, timing of sales, 
pricing, and discount rate;  
• 
Considering the sensitivity of key assumptions in relation to the recoverability of saleable assets;  
• 
Challenging management on their assessment of the valuation of the group including their 
consideration of recent transactions involving similar type businesses; and  
• 
Ensuring adequate disclosure in the notes to the financial statements. 
 
 

4D pharma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2021 
59 
Independent auditor’s report to the members of 4D pharma plc (continued) 
 
Our application of materiality 
When establishing our overall audit strategy, we set certain thresholds which help us to determine the nature, timing and extent of our audit 
procedures. When evaluating whether the effects of misstatements, both individually and on the financial statements as a whole, could 
reasonably influence the economic decisions of the users we take into account the qualitative nature and the size of the misstatements. 
Based on our professional judgement, we determined materiality as follows: 
 
Group 
Parent company 
Overall materiality 
£539,000 (2020: £588,000) 
£249,000 (2020: £330,000) 
Basis for determining overall 
materiality 
2.2% of total expenditure, excluding one off 
warrant and share option costs arising in respect 
of instruments issued as part of the Longevity 
“Merger” and the raising of the loan finance.  
2.2% of total expenditure, excluding one off  
warrant and share option costs arising in respect  
of instruments issued as part of the Longevity 
“Merger” and the raising of the loan finance  
Rationale for benchmark 
applied 
The Group is an early revenue bioscience 
business and continues to apply the funds it has 
raised in the application of scientific research – 
these costs are expensed as incurred so users  
of the financial statements will consider the 
application of the funds as the relevant measure. 
Material costs incurred that are not a direct 
function of this activity have been excluded  
to provide a consistent benchmark. 
As per Group 
Performance materiality 
£404,000 (2020: £441,000) 
£186,000 (2020: £247,000) 
Basis for determining 
performance materiality 
75% of overall materiality 
75% of overall materiality 
Reporting of misstatements 
to the Audit Committee 
Misstatements in excess of £26,900 and 
misstatements below that threshold that, in our 
view, warranted reporting on qualitative grounds.  
Misstatements in excess of £12,400 and 
misstatements below that threshold that, in our 
view, warranted reporting on qualitative grounds.  
 
An overview of the scope of our audit 
The group consists of 6 components, located in the following countries: United Kingdom, Republic of Ireland, Spain, United States of America, 
British Virgin Islands. 
The coverage achieved by our audit procedures was: 
Full scope audits were performed for 2 components, specific audit procedures for 2 components and analytical procedures at group level for 
the remaining 2 components.  
 
Number of components 
Revenue 
Total assets 
Profit before tax 
Full scope audit 
2 
100% 
100% 
97% 
Specific audit 
procedures  
2 
— 
0% 
3% 
Total 
4 
100% 
100% 
100% 
 
Specific audit procedures were performed in respect of the components located in Spain and the Republic of Ireland, targeted to address the 
risk of material misstatement in the consolidated financial statements. These included specific procedures to address the Key Audit Matters 
identified as part of the Group audit. Analytical procedures were performed in respect of the United States of America and British Virgin Isles 
components which have not to date undertaken significant activity. 
Material uncertainty related to going concern 
We draw attention to the accounting policy on going concern on page 69 in the financial statements, which indicates that the group currently 
does not have sufficient funds to enable it to meet all of its planned operating expenditure as set out in the detailed forecasts prepared by 
management for a period of at least twelve months from the date of approval of these financial statements and will therefore have to raise 
additional funds over and above the level of those already announced and included in those forecasts. As stated in the accounting policy on 
going concern, these events or conditions, along with the other matters as set forth in note 2c, indicate that a material uncertainty exists that 
may cast significant doubt on the group’s and parent company’s ability to continue as a going concern. Our opinion is not modified in respect 
of this matter. 
In auditing the financial statements, we have concluded that the director's use of the going concern basis of accounting in the preparation  
of the financial statements is appropriate. Our evaluation of the directors’ assessment of the entity’s ability to continue to adopt the going 
concern basis of accounting included: 
• 
challenging the directors on the key assumptions in their forecasts including the timing of cash inflows and outflows; 
• 
considering the directors assessment of the sensitivity of the conclusions drawn in the forecasts to changes in the assumptions; and 
• 
reviewing evidence of the significant transactions occurring following the year end date and how they impact on the directors’ forecasts.  
 
 

4D pharma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2021 
60 
Independent auditor’s report to the members of 4D pharma plc (continued) 
 
Material uncertainty related to going concern (continued) 
No matters came to our attention to indicate that the directors’ assumptions with regard to contractual cashflows were unreasonable, nor that 
the expected cash inflows arising from fundraising and business combination activities were inconsistent with the information available to 
support these transactions. 
Our responsibilities and the responsibilities of the directors with respect to going concern are described in the relevant sections of this report. 
Other information 
The other information comprises the information included in the annual report, other than the financial statements and our auditor’s report 
thereon. The directors are responsible for the other information contained within the annual report. Our opinion on the financial statements 
does not cover the other information and, except to the extent otherwise explicitly stated in our report, we do not express any form of 
assurance conclusion thereon.  
Our responsibility is to read the other information and, in doing so, consider whether the other information is materially inconsistent with the 
financial statements or our knowledge obtained in the course of the audit or otherwise appears to be materially misstated. If we identify such 
material inconsistencies or apparent material misstatements, we are required to determine whether this gives rise to a material misstatement 
in the financial statements themselves. If, based on the work we have performed, we conclude that there is a material misstatement of this 
other information, we are required to report that fact.  
We have nothing to report in this regard. 
Opinions on other matters prescribed by the Companies Act 2006 
In our opinion, based on the work undertaken in the course of the audit: 
• 
the information given in the Strategic Report and the Directors’ Report for the financial year for which the financial statements are 
prepared is consistent with the financial statements; and 
• 
the Strategic Report and the Directors’ Report have been prepared in accordance with applicable legal requirements. 
Matters on which we are required to report by exception 
In the light of the knowledge and understanding of the group and the parent company and their environment obtained in the course of the 
audit, we have not identified material misstatements in the Strategic Report or the Directors’ Report. 
We have nothing to report in respect of the following matters in relation to which the Companies Act 2006 requires us to report to you if,  
in our opinion: 
• 
adequate accounting records have not been kept by the parent company, or returns adequate for our audit have not been received from 
branches not visited by us; or 
• 
the parent company financial statements are not in agreement with the accounting records and returns; or 
• 
certain disclosures of directors’ remuneration specified by law are not made; or 
• 
we have not received all the information and explanations we require for our audit. 
Responsibilities of directors 
As explained more fully in the directors’ responsibilities statement set out on page 55, the directors are responsible for the preparation of  
the financial statements and for being satisfied that they give a true and fair view, and for such internal control as the directors determine  
is necessary to enable the preparation of financial statements that are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error. 
In preparing the financial statements, the directors are responsible for assessing the group’s and the parent company’s ability to continue  
as a going concern, disclosing, as applicable, matters related to going concern and using the going concern basis of accounting unless the 
directors either intend to liquidate the group or the parent company or to cease operations, or have no realistic alternative but to do so. 
Auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements 
Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements as a whole are free from material misstatement, 
whether due to fraud or error, and to issue an auditor’s report that includes our opinion. Reasonable assurance is a high level of assurance, 
but is not a guarantee that an audit conducted in accordance with ISAs (UK) will always detect a material misstatement when it exists. 
Misstatements can arise from fraud or error and are considered material if, individually or in the aggregate, they could reasonably be 
expected to influence the economic decisions of users taken on the basis of these financial statements. 
The extent to which the audit was considered capable of detecting irregularities, including fraud 
Irregularities are instances of non-compliance with laws and regulations. The objectives of our audit are to obtain sufficient appropriate audit 
evidence regarding compliance with laws and regulations that have a direct effect on the determination of material amounts and disclosures 
in the financial statements, to perform audit procedures to help identify instances of non-compliance with other laws and regulations that may 
have a material effect on the financial statements, and to respond appropriately to identified or suspected non-compliance with laws and 
regulations identified during the audit.  
In relation to fraud, the objectives of our audit are to identify and assess the risk of material misstatement of the financial statements due to 
fraud, to obtain sufficient appropriate audit evidence regarding the assessed risks of material misstatement due to fraud through designing 
and implementing appropriate responses and to respond appropriately to fraud or suspected fraud identified during the audit.  
 
 

4D pharma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2021 
61 
Independent auditor’s report to the members of 4D pharma plc (continued) 
 
The extent to which the audit was considered capable of detecting irregularities, including fraud (continued) 
However, it is the primary responsibility of management, with the oversight of those charged with governance, to ensure that the entity's 
operations are conducted in accordance with the provisions of laws and regulations and for the prevention and detection of fraud. 
In identifying and assessing risks of material misstatement in respect of irregularities, including fraud, the group audit engagement team:  
• 
obtained an understanding of the nature of the industry and sector, including the legal and regulatory frameworks that the group and 
parent company operate in and how the group and parent company are complying with the legal and regulatory frameworks; 
• 
inquired of management, and those charged with governance, about their own identification and assessment of the risks of 
irregularities, including any known actual, suspected or alleged instances of fraud; and 
• 
discussed matters about non-compliance with laws and regulations and how fraud might occur including assessment of how and where 
the financial statements may be susceptible to fraud. 
The most significant laws and regulations were determined as follows: 
Legislation/Regulation 
Additional audit procedures performed by the audit engagement team included: 
IFRS and Companies 
Act 2006 
Review of the financial statement disclosures and testing to supporting documentation 
Completion of disclosure checklists to identify areas of non-compliance 
Tax compliance 
regulations 
Inspection of advice received from internal / external tax advisors 
Inspection of correspondence with local tax authorities  
Input from a tax specialist was obtained regarding the tax impact of the employee share scheme introduced 
during the year and changes to the group’s transfer pricing arrangement 
Patent maintenance 
and compliance 
Inspection of documentation to support the patents held and the ongoing maintenance of thereof  
 
Good Laboratory 
Practice 
Enquiry of the Directors and other management, and inspection of regulatory and legal correspondence 
FDA Regulations in 
the USA 
Enquiry of management and those charged with governance as to whether the Group is in compliance with these 
laws and regulations and whether any correspondence existed with the Regulatory Authorities 
 
The areas that we identified as being susceptible to material misstatement due to fraud were: 
Risk 
Audit procedures performed by the audit engagement team: 
Revenue recognition 
Testing the calculation of the stage of completion of the collaboration agreement in place, including consideration 
of any variance from plan and ensuring the appropriate proportion of revenue had been recognised; and  
Reviewing both the existing collaboration agreement in place for amendment and for the existence of new similar 
such arrangements. 
Management override 
of controls  
 
Testing the appropriateness of journal entries and other adjustments;  
Assessing whether the judgements made in making accounting estimates are indicative of a potential bias; and 
Evaluating the business rationale of any significant transactions that are unusual or outside the normal course  
of business. 
 
A further description of our responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements is located on the Financial Reporting Council’s website at: 
http://www.frc.org.uk/auditorsresponsibilities. This description forms part of our auditor’s report. 
Use of our report  
This report is made solely to the company’s members, as a body, in accordance with Chapter 3 of Part 16 of the Companies Act 2006.  
Our audit work has been undertaken so that we might state to the company’s members those matters we are required to state to them in  
an auditor’s report and for no other purpose. To the fullest extent permitted by law, we do not accept or assume responsibility to anyone 
other than the company and the company’s members as a body, for our audit work, for this report, or for the opinions we have formed. 
Andrew Allchin FCA (Senior Statutory Auditor) 
For and on behalf of RSM UK Audit LLP, Statutory Auditor 
Chartered Accountants 
Central Square,  
5th Floor 
29 Wellington Street 
Leeds 
LS1 4DL 
31 March 2022 
 
 

4D pharma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2021 
62 
Group statement of total comprehensive income 
For the year ended 31 December 2021 
  
 
31 December 
31 December 
  
 
2021 
2020 
  
Notes 
£000 
£000 
Revenue 
4 
522 
534 
Research and development costs 
5 
(19,818) 
(22,041) 
Administrative expenses 
5 
(7,283) 
(5,969) 
Foreign currency gains 
5 
441 
363 
Other income 
5 
36 
45 
Operating loss before non-recurring items 
 
(26,102) 
(27,068) 
Non-recurring items 
6 
(44,381) 
(3,110) 
Operating loss after non-recurring items 
 
(70,483) 
(30,178) 
Finance income 
8 
1 
5 
Finance expense 
8 
(610) 
(173) 
Fair value adjustment on warrants and units 
8 
13,627 
— 
Loss before taxation 
 
(57,465) 
(30,346) 
Taxation 
9 
3,505 
4,383 
Loss for the year 
 
(53,960) 
(25,963) 
Other comprehensive income: 
 
 
 
Exchange differences on translating foreign operations 
 
(714) 
110 
Loss for the year and total comprehensive loss for the year 
 
(54,674) 
(25,853) 
Loss per share 
 
 
 
Basic and diluted for the year 
10 
(31.83)p 
(22.80)p 
 
The basic and diluted loss per share are the same as the effect of share options and warrants is anti-dilutive. 
The notes on pages 69 to 108 form an integral part of these financial statements. 
 
 

4D pharma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2021 
63 
Group statement of financial position 
At 31 December 2021 
Registered no. 08840579 
  
 
At 
At 
  
 
31 December 
31 December 
  
 
2021 
2020 
  
Notes 
£000 
£000 
Assets 
 
 
 
Non-current assets 
 
 
 
Property, plant and equipment: 
 
 
 
– Owned assets 
11 
2,885 
3,659 
– Right-of-use assets 
11 
677 
835 
Intangible assets 
12 
13,686 
14,025 
Taxation receivables 
16 
199 
177 
  
 
17,447 
18,696 
Current assets 
 
 
 
Inventories 
14 
272 
291 
Trade and other receivables 
15 
2,167 
3,223 
Taxation receivables 
16 
7,557 
4,436 
Cash and cash equivalents 
17 
15,497 
8,775 
  
 
25,493 
16,725 
Total assets 
 
42,940 
35,421 
Liabilities 
 
 
 
Current liabilities 
 
 
 
Trade and other payables 
18 
4,810 
6,379 
Lease liabilities 
19 80 
73 
  
 
4,890 
6,452 
Non-current liabilities 
 
 
 
Lease liabilities 
19 
889 
986 
Loans 
20 
8,961 
— 
Warrants and units 
21 
4,992 
— 
Deferred tax 
22 
10 
13 
  
 
14,852 
999 
Total liabilities 
 
19,742 
7,451 
Net assets 
 
23,198 
27,970 
Capital and reserves 
 
 
 
Share capital 
23 
451 
329 
Share premium account 
23 
185,703 
136,278 
Merger reserve 
25 
958 
958 
Translation reserve 
25 
(159) 
555 
Other reserve 
25 
(864) 
(864) 
Share-based payments reserve 
24 
3,717 
3,497 
Retained earnings 
25 
(166,608) 
(112,783) 
Total equity 
 
23,198 
27,970 
 
Approved by the Board and authorized for issue on 31 March 2022. 
The notes on pages 69 to 108 form an integral part of these financial statements. 
Duncan Peyton 
Director 
31 March 2022 
 
 

4D pharma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2021 
64 
Company statement of financial position  
At 31 December 2021 
Registered no. 08840579 
  
 
At 
At 
  
 
31 December 
31 December 
  
 
2021 
2020 
  
Notes 
£000 
£000 
Assets 
 
 
 
Non-current assets 
 
 
 
Property, plant and equipment: 
 
 
 
– Owned assets 
11 
103 
189 
– Right-of-use assets 
11 
475 
569 
Intangible assets 
12 
15 
119 
Investment in subsidiaries 
13 
11,997 
11,713 
Loans to subsidiaries 
13 
85,492 
72,670 
  
 
98,082 
85,260 
Current assets 
 
 
 
Trade and other receivables 
15 
891 
1,910 
Taxation receivables 
16 
2,176 
1,551 
Cash and cash equivalents 
17 
14,363 
6,213 
  
 
17,430 
9,674 
Total assets 
 
115,512 
94,934 
Liabilities 
 
 
 
Current liabilities 
 
 
 
Trade and other payables 
18 
1,306 
3,575 
Lease liabilities 
19 
44 
37 
  
 
1,350 
3,612 
Non-current liabilities 
 
 
 
Lease liabilities 
19 
671 
716 
Loans 
20 
8,961 
— 
Warrants and units 
21 
4,992 
— 
  
 
14,624 
716 
Total liabilities 
 
15,974 
4,328 
Net assets 
 
99,538 
90,606 
Capital and reserves 
 
 
 
Share capital 
23 
451 
329 
Share premium account 
23 
185,703 
136,278 
Merger reserve 
25 
958 
958 
Share-based payments reserve 
24 
3,717 
3,497 
Retained earnings 
25 
(91,291) 
(50,456) 
Total equity 
 
99,538 
90,606 
 
The Company has elected to take the exemptions under section 408 of the Companies Act 2006 not to present the parent company’s 
Statement of Comprehensive Income. The Company’s loss for the year was £40.92 million (31 December 2020: £16.13 million). 
Approved by the Board and authorized for issue on 31 March 2022. 
The notes on pages 69 to 108 form an integral part of these financial statements. 
Duncan Peyton 
Director 
31 March 2022 
 
 

4D pharma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2021 
65 
Group statement of changes in equity 
For the year ended 31 December 2021 
  
 
 
 
 
 Share-based 
 
 
  
Share 
Share 
Merger Translation 
Other 
payment 
Retained 
Total 
  
capital 
premium 
reserve 
reserve 
reserve 
reserve 
earnings 
equity 
  
£000 
£000 
£000 
£000 
£000 
£000 
£000 
£000 
At 1 January 2020 
164 
108,296 
958 
446 
(864) 
367 
(87,024) 
22,343 
Issue of share capital (net of expenses) 
165 
27,906 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
28,071 
Issue of warrants (net of expenses) 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
3,110 
— 
3,110 
Exercise of warrants 
— 
76 
— 
— 
— 
(11) 
— 
65 
Total transactions with owners recognized  
in equity for the year 
165 
27,982 
— 
— 
— 
3,099 
— 
31,246 
Loss and total comprehensive loss for the year 
— 
— 
— 
109 
— 
— 
(25,963) 
(25,854) 
Lapsed options 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
(204) 
204 
— 
Issue of share-based compensation 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
235 
— 
235 
At 31 December 2020 
329 
136,278 
958 
555 
(864) 
3,497 (112,783) 
27,970 
Issue of shares as part of merger on  
22 March 2021 (net of expenses) 
78 
31,270 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
31,348 
Issued and assumed warrants on merger on  
22 March 2021 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
18,517 
— 
18,517 
Reclassification of warrants as liabilities 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
(18,517) 
— 
(18,517) 
Share issue and placing on 22 March 2021  
(net of expenses) 
41 
16,551 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
16,592 
Directors’ subscription for shares on 16 April 2021 
3 
1,446 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
1,449 
Exercise of share options 
— 
94 
— 
— 
— 
(224) 
— 
(130) 
Exercise of warrants 
— 
64 
— 
— 
— 
(4) 
— 
60 
Total transactions with owners recognized  
in equity for the year 
122 
49,425 
— 
— 
— 
(228) 
— 
49,319 
Loss and total comprehensive loss for the year 
— 
— 
— 
(714) 
— 
— 
(53,960) 
(54,674) 
Lapsed options 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
(135) 
135 
— 
Issue of share-based compensation 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
583 
— 
583 
At 31 December 2021 
451 
185,703 
958 
(159) 
(864) 
3,717 (166,608) 
23,198 
 
Details regarding the purpose of each reserve within equity are given in note 25. 
 
 
 

4D pharma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2021 
66 
Company statement of changes in equity 
For the year ended 31 December 2021 
  
 
 
 
Share-based 
 
 
  
Share 
Share 
Merger 
payment 
Retained 
 
  
capital 
premium 
reserve 
 reserve 
earnings 
Total 
  
£000 
£000 
£000 
£000 
£000 
£000 
At 1 January 2020 
164 
108,296 
958 
367 
(34,434) 
75,351 
Issue of share capital (net of expenses) 
165 
27,906 
— 
— 
— 
28,071 
Issue of warrants (net of expenses) 
— 
— 
— 
3,110 
— 
3,110 
Exercise of warrants 
— 
76 
— 
(11) 
— 
65 
Total transactions with owners recognized  
in equity for the year 
165 
27,982 
— 
3,099 
— 
31,246 
Loss and total comprehensive loss for the year 
— 
— 
— 
— 
(16,128) 
(16,128) 
Lapsed options 
— 
— 
— 
(106) 
106 
— 
Lapsed options relating to investment in Group companies 
— 
— 
— 
10 
— 
10 
Issue of share-based compensation 
— 
— 
— 
127 
— 
127 
At 31 December 2020 
329 
136,278 
958 
3,497 
(50,456) 
90,606 
Issue of shares as part of merger on 22 March 2021  
(net of expenses) 
78 
31,270 
— 
— 
— 
31,348 
Issued and assumed warrants on merger on 22 March 2022 
— 
— 
— 
18,517 
— 
18,517 
Reclassification of warrants as liabilities 
— 
— 
— 
(18,517) 
— 
(18,517) 
Share issue and placing on 22 March 2021 (net of expenses) 
41 
16,551 
— 
— 
— 
16,592 
Directors’ subscription for shares on 16 April 2021 
3 
1,446 
— 
— 
— 
1,449 
Exercise of share options in the Company 
— 
28 
— 
(68) 
— 
(40) 
Exercise of share options relating to investment  
in Group companies 
— 
66 
— 
(156) 
— 
(90) 
Exercise of warrants 
— 
64 
— 
(4) 
— 
60 
Total transactions with owners recognized  
in equity for the year 
122 
49,425 
— 
(228) 
— 
49,319 
Loss and total comprehensive loss for the year 
— 
— 
— 
— 
(40,918) 
(40,918) 
Lapsed options 
— 
— 
— 
(83) 
83 
— 
Issue of options relating to investment in Group companies 
— 
— 
— 
375 
— 
375 
Issue of share-based compensation 
— 
— 
— 
156 
— 
156 
At 31 December 2021 
451 
185,703 
958 
3,717 
(91,291) 
99,538 
 
Details regarding the purpose of each reserve within equity are given in note 25. 
 
 
 

4D pharma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2021 
67 
Group cash flow statement 
For the year ended 31 December 2021 
  
 
Year to 
Year to 
  
 
31 December 
31 December 
  
 
2021 
2020 
  
Notes 
£000 
£000 
Loss after taxation 
 
(53,960) 
(25,963) 
Adjustments for: 
 
 
 
Depreciation of property, plant and equipment 
11 
889 
1,003 
Amortization of intangible assets 
12 
87 
203 
Loss on disposal of property, plant and equipment 
 
14 
— 
Short-term rentals included in the Income Statement 
 
104 
135 
Finance income 
8 
(1) 
(5) 
Finance expense 
8 
610 
173 
Fair value adjustments on equity, warrants and units 
30 
32,323 
3,110 
Share-based compensation 
24 
583 
224 
Cash outflows from operations before movements in working capital 
 
(19,351) 
(21,120) 
Changes in working capital: 
 
 
 
Decrease/(increase) in inventories 
 
19 
(93) 
Increase in trade and other receivables 
 
(415) 
(2,105) 
(Increase)/decrease in taxation receivables 
 
(3,143) 
1,697 
Decrease in trade and other payables 
 
(2,192) 
(1,052) 
Cash outflow from operating activities 
 
(25,082) 
(22,673) 
Cash flows from investing activities 
 
 
 
Purchases of property, plant and equipment 
11 
(203) 
(163) 
Purchase of software and other intangibles 
12 
— 
(15) 
Net cash outflow from investing activities 
 
(203) 
(178) 
Cash flows from financing activities 
 
 
 
Proceeds from issues of ordinary share capital 
 
27,904 
29,740 
Expenses on issue of shares 
23 
(4,217) 
(1,594) 
Loan income received 
20 
8,990 
— 
Lease and short-term rentals payments 
 
(176) 
(188) 
Interest received 
8 
1 
5 
Interest paid 
8 
(495) 
(173) 
Net cash inflow from financing activities 
 
32,007 
27,790 
Increase in cash and cash equivalents 
 
6,722 
4,939 
Cash and cash equivalents at the start of the year 
 
8,775 
3,836 
Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the year 
17 
15,497 
8,775 
 
 
 

4D pharma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2021 
68 
Company cash flow statement 
For the year ended 31 December 2021 
  
 
Year to 
Year to 
  
 
31 December 
31 December 
  
 
2021 
2020 
  
Notes 
£000 
£000 
Loss after taxation 
 
(40,918) 
(16,128) 
Adjustments for: 
 
 
 
Depreciation of property, plant and equipment 
11 
209 
221 
Amortization of intangible assets 
12 
104 
263 
Short-term rentals included in the Income statement 
 
2 
2 
Finance income 
 
(3) 
(5) 
Finance expense 
 
562 
123 
Impairment of inter-company loans 
13 
— 
1,230 
Fair value adjustments on equity, warrants and units 
30 
32,185 
— 
Share-based compensation 
24 
156 
3,226 
Cash outflows from operations before movements in working capital 
 
(7,703) 
(11,068) 
Changes in working capital: 
 
 
 
Increase in trade and other receivables 
 
(452) 
(1,539) 
(Increase)/decrease in taxation receivables 
 
(625) 
440 
(Decrease)/increase in trade and other payables 
 
(2,412) 
1,735 
Cash outflow from operating activities 
 
(11,192) 
(10,432) 
Cash flows from investing activities 
 
 
 
Purchases of property, plant and equipment 
11 
(29) 
(4) 
Purchase of software and other intangibles 
12 
— 
(9) 
Loans to subsidiary undertakings 
13 
(12,819) 
(14,257) 
Net cash outflow from investing activities 
 
(12,848) 
(14,270) 
Cash flows from financing activities 
 
 
 
Proceeds from issues of ordinary share capital 
23 
27,904 
29,740 
Expenses on issue of shares 
23 
(4,217) 
(1,594) 
Loan income received 
20 
8,990 
— 
Lease liability payments 
 
(40) 
(34) 
Interest received 
 
— 
5 
Interest paid 
 
(447) 
(123) 
Net cash (outflow)/inflow from financing activities 
 
(32,190) 
27,994 
Increase in cash and cash equivalents 
 
8,150 
3,292 
Cash and cash equivalents at the start of the year 
 
6,213 
2,921 
Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the year 
17 
14,363 
6,213 
 
 
 

4D pharma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2021 
69 
Notes to the financial statements 
For the year ended 31 December 2021 
1. General information 
4D pharma plc (the ‘Company’) is an AIM-quoted and Nasdaq-listed company incorporated and domiciled in the UK. The locations and 
principal activities of the subsidiaries are set out in note 13. The Company is incorporated in England and Wales. The registered office  
is Fifth Floor, 9 Bond Court, Leeds LS1 2JZ. These Group financial statements consolidate those of the Company and its subsidiaries 
(together referred to as the ‘Group’ and individually as ‘Group entities’) for the year ended 31 December 2021. 
The financial statements of 4D pharma plc and its subsidiaries for the year ended 31 December 2021 were authorized for issue by the  
Board of Directors on 31 March 2022 and the Statement of Financial Position were signed on the Board’s behalf by Duncan Peyton. 
The Company has elected to take the exemption under section 408 of the Companies Act 2006 not to present the parent company’s 
Statement of Total Comprehensive Income. 
The significant accounting policies adopted by the Group are set out in note 3. 
2. Basis of preparation 
(a) Statement of compliance 
The Group’s financial statements have been prepared in accordance with UK-adopted International Financial Reporting Standards as 
adopted by the UK (UK-IFRS) and IFRS Interpretations Committee (IFRSIC) interpretations as they apply to the financial statements of 
the Group for the year ended 31 December 2021 and the requirements of the Companies Act 2006 applicable to companies reporting 
under IFRS. 
Further details of the transitional arrangements can be found in the significant accounting policies in note 3(w). 
(b) Basis of measurement 
The parent company and Group financial statements have been prepared on the historical cost basis except for the methods used to 
measure fair values of assets and liabilities, which are discussed in the respective notes and in note 3. 
(c) Going concern 
The Chairperson and CEO’s Statement on pages 7 to 11 outlines the business activities of the Group along with the factors which may 
affect its future development and performance. The Group’s financial position is discussed in the Financial Review on pages 16 to 22 along 
with details of its cash flow and liquidity. Note 27 to the financial statements sets out the Group’s financial risks and the management of 
those risks. 
The Group and parent company are subject to a number of risks similar to those of other development stage pharmaceutical companies. 
These risks include, amongst others, generation of revenues in due course from the development portfolio and risks associated with 
research, development and obtaining regulatory approvals of its products. Ultimately, the attainment of profitable operations is dependent  
on future uncertain events which include obtaining adequate financing to fulfil the Group’s commercial and development activities and 
generating a level of revenue to support the Group’s cost structure. 
The Directors have prepared detailed financial forecasts and cash flows looking beyond 12 months from the date of the approval of these 
financial statements. In developing these forecasts, the Directors have made assumptions based upon their view of the current and future 
economic conditions that are expected to prevail over the forecast period and believe that the current cash position of the Group will be 
sufficient to support the Group into quarter four of 2022.The Directors are continuing to explore sources of finance available to the Group and 
have a reasonable expectation that they will be able to secure sufficient cash inflows into the Group to continue its activities for not less than 
12 months from the date of approval of these accounts. They have therefore prepared the financial statements on a going concern basis.  
Because the additional finance is not committed at the date of approval of these financial statements, these circumstances represent a 
material uncertainty as to the Group’s ability to continue as a going concern. Should the Group be unable to obtain further finance such that 
the going concern basis of preparation were no longer appropriate, adjustments would be required including to reduce the balance sheet 
values of assets to their recoverable amounts, and to provide for future liabilities that may arise.  
(d) Functional and presentational currency 
These financial statements are presented in Pounds Sterling, which is the Group’s functional currency. Unless otherwise stated, all financial 
information presented has been rounded to the nearest thousand. 
(e) Use of estimates and judgements 
The preparation of financial statements requires management to make estimates and judgements that affect the amounts reported for assets 
and liabilities as at the reporting date and the amounts reported for revenues and expenses during the year. The nature of estimation means 
that actual amounts could differ from those estimates. Estimates and judgements used in the preparation of the financial statements are 
continually reviewed and revised as necessary. While every effort is made to ensure that such estimates and judgements are reasonable, by 
their nature they are uncertain and, as such, changes in estimates and judgements may have a material impact on the financial statements. 
The key sources of estimation uncertainty and critical accounting policies that have a significant risk of causing material adjustment to the 
carrying amount of assets and liabilities within the next financial year are discussed below: 
(i)Taxation 
Management judgement is required to determine the amount of tax assets that can be recognized, based upon the likely timing and level 
of future taxable profits together with an assessment of the effect of future tax planning strategies.  
 
 
 

4D pharma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2021 
70 
Notes to the financial statements (continued) 
For the year ended 31 December 2021 
2. Basis of preparation (continued) 
(e) Use of estimates and judgements (continued) 
(ii) Research and development 
Careful judgement by the Directors is applied when deciding whether the recognition requirements for development costs have been met. 
This is necessary as the economic success of any product development is uncertain until such time as technical viability has been proven 
and commercial supply agreements are likely to be achieved. Judgements are based on the information available at each reporting date 
which includes the progress with testing and certification and progress on, for example, establishment of commercial arrangements with third 
parties. In addition, all internal activities related to research and development of new products are continuously monitored by the Directors. 
Further information is included in note 3. 
(iii) Intangible fixed assets and goodwill 
Estimated impairment of intangible fixed assets and goodwill 
The Group tests annually whether intangible fixed assets and goodwill have suffered any impairment, in accordance with the accounting policy 
stated in note 3. The potential recoverable amounts of intangible fixed assets and goodwill have been determined based on value-in-use 
calculations. These calculations require the use of estimates both in arriving at the expected future cash flows and the application of a 
suitable discount rate in order to calculate the present value of these flows. There is a degree of judgement involved in making assessments 
of attributable values on acquisition and making impairment assessments. More detail is provided in note 3(i). 
(iv) Valuation, presentation and classification of warrants and units 
The value, presentation and classification of warrants is measured at inception and subsequently at each reporting date to ensure that its 
assertions remain correct and that the financial statements present a true and fair view. As part of this review the treatment of warrants and 
units was examined to ensure that disclosures and accounting are appropriate and accurate. In forming an option the Directors reviewed the 
reporting requirements of IFRS 2, the requirement of IAS-32 and the recent IFRIC discussion “Transactions with a special purpose 
acquisition company (SPAC): how should founder and public warrants be classified after a SPAC has been acquired’ from February 2022. 
Having considered these factors, the Directors decided that there were several instances where warrants or units would not meet the  
‘Fixed-for-Fixed’ criteria under IAS 32 and that they should be treated as liabilities. While the warrants issued to Oxford Finance always met 
this definition, and were treated as liabilities, the warrants and units include in the Longevity transaction require subsequent re-classification. 
Warrants and units included as financial liabilities in the financial statements and classified in accordance with these principles are adjusted 
to their fair values at 31 December 2021 with gains and losses on valuation reported in the income statement. The Directors have valued 
public warrants by reference to their market value and have used either the Black Scholes valuation technique or a Monte Carlo simulation  
to value its’ remaining warrants. 
(v) Inter-company balances  
The Company uses judgement when considering the recoverability of its inter-company balances and any impairment associated with them. 
Though there is no evidence of impairment of the underlying asset, after careful consideration the Company has included an impairment in 
respect of certain inter-company balances based on the reduced level of activity in certain areas; further detail is included in note 13. 
(vi) Deferred tax  
The Group reviews its assumptions and estimation techniques in respect of assets and liabilities on an annual basis including assumptions 
around the liability and associated recoverability of deferred tax assets. Management has always held the view that the Group and assets  
will be profitable before any sale of the asset is considered and that the Group should not offset such deferred tax liabilities arising on the 
purchase of these assets against deferred tax assets as a result. After the restructure in 2020 and reduction in capacity of certain parts of the 
business we have reviewed this position and believe that this assumption is no longer certain and that it would be more appropriate to only 
recognize these liabilities should our losses to date become unavailable through utilization or change in tax regime. As a result, we have 
offset our brought forwards deferred tax liabilities on acquisition of subsidiaries against available assets until such time as our losses are  
no longer available to offset; this resulted in a deferred tax credit recognized in the year to 31 December 2020 of £940,000. 
In addition to deferred tax losses on acquisition, the Group consider the likelihood of recovery of deferred assets when assessing their 
recoverability. In doing so the likelihood of recovery is considered in relation to existing policies in other areas and treatment is aligned with 
these policies. In line with standard industrial practice, the probability of successfully developing clinical assets into a commercial product 
remain remote until regulatory approval is achieved. In recognition of this factor, and associated likelihood of recovery, the Group have  
not recognize deferred tax assets on the carrying value of the unrecognized tax losses which stood at £85.0 million on 31 December 2021.  
Had the Group included these deferred tax assets then an additional deferred tax asset of £21.0 million would be recognized in the accounts 
at 31 December 2021. Further information is included in note 9. 
(vii) Acquisition of Special Purpose Acquisition Companies (SPACs) 
Special Purpose Acquisition Companies are usually quoted or listed entities whose only asset is cash. They are established with the sole 
purpose of acquiring or being acquired for the cash they hold as an asset and for their market listing but have no other trade or intended trade. 
IFRS 3 ‘Business Combinations’ defines a business as ‘an integrated set of activities and assets that is capable of being conducted and 
managed for the purpose of providing goods or services to customers, generating investment income (such as dividends or interest) or 
generating other income from ordinary activities’. Since SPACs are not established to provide goods and services, nor to generate income 
from other sources, they cannot be classified as a business. 
Where control has not passed to a SPAC though the majority of shares, voting rights or Director’s influence, the transaction is treated as  
an acquisition, representing a continuation of the existing business and has been accounted for as the issue of equity.  
 
 

4D pharma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2021 
71 
Notes to the financial statements (continued) 
For the year ended 31 December 2021 
3. Significant accounting policies 
The accounting policies set out below are applied consistently by Group entities. 
The Group financial statements are presented in Sterling and all values are rounded to the nearest thousand pounds except where  
otherwise indicated. 
(a) Basis of consolidation 
(i) Subsidiaries 
Subsidiaries are entities controlled by the Group. The financial statements of subsidiaries are included in the consolidated financial 
statements from the date that control commences until the date that control ceases. 
(ii) Acquisition of Special Purpose Acquisition Companies (SPACs) 
Special Purpose Acquisition Companies are usually quoted or listed entities whose only asset is cash. They are established with the sole 
purpose of acquiring or being acquired for the cash they hold as an asset and for their market listing but have no other trade or intended trade. 
IFRS 3 ‘Business Combinations’ defines a business as ‘an integrated set of activities and assets that is capable of being conducted and 
managed for the purpose of providing goods or services to customers, generating investment income (such as dividends or interest) or 
generating other income from ordinary activities’. Since SPACs are not established to provide goods and services, nor to generate income 
from other sources, they cannot be classified as a business. 
Where control has not passed to a SPAC though the majority of shares, voting rights or Director’s influence, the transaction is treated as an 
acquisition, representing a continuation of the existing business and has been accounted for as the issue of equity.  
(iii) Transactions eliminated on consolidation 
Intra-group balances and transactions, and any unrealized income and expenses arising from intra-group transactions, are eliminated in 
preparing the consolidated financial statements. Unrealized gains arising from transactions with equity-accounted investees are eliminated 
against the investment to the extent of the Group’s interest in the investee. Unrealized losses are eliminated in the same way as unrealized 
gains, but only to the extent that there is no evidence of impairment. 
(b) Foreign currency transactions 
Transactions in foreign currencies are initially recorded in the functional currency by applying the spot rate ruling at the date of the 
transaction. Monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are retranslated at the functional currency rate of exchange 
ruling at the reporting date. All differences are recognized in profit or loss. 
Non-monetary items that are measured in terms of historical cost in a foreign currency are translated using the exchange rates as at the 
dates of the initial transactions. Non-monetary items measured at fair value in a foreign currency are translated using the exchange rates  
at the date when the fair value was determined. 
(c) Segmental reporting 
An operating segment is a component of an entity that engages in business activities from which it may earn revenues and incur expenses, 
whose operating results are regularly reviewed by the Group’s chief operating decision maker, being the Chief Executive Officer, to make 
decisions about resources to be allocated to the segment and assess its performance, and for which discrete financial information is 
available. As at the reporting date the Group operated as a single segment. 
(d) Revenue recognition 
Revenue from the sale of goods is measured at the fair value of the consideration and excludes intra-group sales and value added and 
similar taxes. The primary performance obligation is the transfer of goods to the customer. Revenue from the sale of goods is recognized 
when control of the goods is transferred to the customer, at an amount that reflects the consideration to which an entity expects to be entitled 
in exchange for those goods. 
The Company has a licensing and development agreement with Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. (MSD) for the development of novel vaccines. 
The terms of the agreement contain multiple elements and deliverables, which may include: (i) upfront fees; (ii) milestone payment; (iii) option 
exercise fees; and (iv) tiered royalties based on net sales of licensed product. Payments to the Group under the agreement include upfront 
fees, payments for research activities, payments based upon the achievement of certain milestones and royalties on product sales. There 
are no performance, cancellation, termination, or refund provisions though commercially reasonable efforts are required in the arrangement. 
The Group follows the provisions of IFRS 15 in accounting for these agreements and recognizes income as a function of both labor and 
materials costs over the anticipated life of the revenue-generating element. 
Payments are attributable to milestones based on successful production of viable candidates, given the significant uncertainty that is 
attributable to the development of clinical candidates for future milestone payments the Group are only recognizing the initial upfront 
payment of $2.5 million (£1.93 million) over the period during which we will develop the candidates. There are no regulated milestones for 
performance of this initial up-front sum so the Group have elected to recognize income as a proportion of total anticipated contract value.  
 
 

4D pharma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2021 
72 
Notes to the financial statements (continued) 
For the year ended 31 December 2021 
3. Significant accounting policies (continued) 
(e) Finance income and finance expense 
Finance income comprises interest income on funds invested and changes in the fair value of financial assets at fair value through profit  
or loss. Interest income is recognized as interest accrues using the effective interest rate method. 
Finance expense comprises interest expense on borrowings, changes in the fair value of financial assets at fair value through the Group 
Statement of Total Comprehensive Income, impairment losses recognized on financial assets and losses on hedging instruments that are 
recognized in profit or loss. All borrowing costs are recognized using the effective interest method. 
(f) Income tax 
Income tax expense comprises current and deferred tax. Income tax expense is recognized in the Group Statement of Total Comprehensive 
Income except to the extent that it relates to items recognized directly in equity or in other comprehensive income. 
Current income tax assets and liabilities for the current and prior years are measured at the amount expected to be recovered from, or paid 
to, the tax authorities. The tax rates and tax laws used to compute the amount are those that are enacted or substantively enacted by the 
reporting date. 
Deferred income tax is recognized on all temporary differences arising between the tax bases of assets and liabilities and their carrying 
amounts in the financial statements with the following exceptions: 
• 
where the temporary difference arises from the initial recognition of goodwill or of an asset or liability in a transaction that is not a 
business combination and that at the time of the transaction affects neither accounting nor taxable profit or loss; and 
• 
in respect of taxable temporary differences associated with investments in subsidiaries where the timing of the reversal of the temporary 
differences can be controlled and it is probable that the temporary differences will not reverse in the foreseeable future. 
Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are measured on an undiscounted basis using the tax rates and tax laws that have been enacted 
or substantively enacted by the year end date and which are expected to apply when the related deferred tax asset is realized, or the 
deferred tax liability is settled. 
Deferred income tax assets are recognized to the extent that it is probable that future taxable profits will be available against which 
differences can be utilized. An asset is not recognized to the extent that the transfer or economic benefits in the future are uncertain. 
(g) Recognition of financial instruments 
Financial assets and financial liabilities are recognized when the Company becomes party to the contractual provisions of the instrument. 
The Group determines the classification of its financial assets and liabilities at initial recognition and re-evaluates this designation at each 
financial year end. 
(h) Property, plant and equipment 
Property, plant and equipment are recognized initially at cost. After initial recognition, these assets are carried at cost less any accumulated 
depreciation and any accumulated impairment losses. Cost comprises the aggregate amount paid and the fair value of any other 
consideration given to acquire the asset and includes costs directly attributable to making the asset capable of operating as intended. 
Initial and subsequent measurement of the right-of-use asset 
A right-of-use asset is recognized at commencement of the lease and initially measured at the amount of the lease liability, plus any 
incremental costs of obtaining the lease and any lease payments made at or before the leased asset is available for use by the Group.  
They are subsequently measured at cost less accumulated depreciation and any accumulated impairment losses. 
Depreciation is computed by allocating the depreciable amount of an asset on a systematic basis over its useful life and is applied separately 
to each identifiable component. 
The following bases and rates are used to depreciate classes of assets, including right-of use assets: 
• 
Plant and machinery – straight line over three to ten years 
• 
Fixtures, fittings and office equipment – straight line over four to five years 
• 
Land and buildings – straight line over the period of the lease or over five to ten years for shorter life components 
The carrying values of property, plant and equipment are reviewed for impairment if events or changes in circumstances indicate that the 
carrying value may not be recoverable and are written down immediately to their recoverable amount. Useful lives and residual values are 
reviewed annually and where adjustments are required these are made prospectively. 
A property, plant and equipment item is derecognized on disposal or when no future economic benefits are expected to arise from the continued 
use of the asset. Any gain or loss arising on the derecognition of the asset is included in the Income Statement in the year of derecognition. 
(i) Intangible assets 
Intellectual property and patents 
The carrying value of intangible fixed assets is reviewed annually for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate the 
carrying value may not be recoverable. 
At each reporting date the Group reviews the carrying value of its intangible assets to determine whether there is any indication that those 
assets have suffered an impairment loss. If any such indication exists, the recoverable amount of the asset is estimated in order to determine 
the extent of the impairment loss. 
Where the asset does not generate cash flows that are independent from other assets, the Group estimates the recoverable amount of the 
cash-generating unit to which the asset belongs. A cash-generating unit is the smallest identifiable group of assets that generates cash 
inflows from other assets or groups of assets. 
 

4D pharma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2021 
73 
Notes to the financial statements (continued) 
For the year ended 31 December 2021 
3. Significant accounting policies (continued) 
(i) Intangible assets (continued) 
Intellectual property and patents (continued) 
Recoverable amount is the higher of fair value less costs to sell and value in use. In assessing value in use, the estimated future cash flows 
are discounted to their present value using a pre-tax discount rate that reflects current market assessments of the time value of money and 
the risks specific to the asset, for which the estimates of future cash flows have not been adjusted. 
If the recoverable amount of an asset is estimated to be less than its carrying amount, the carrying amount of the asset is reduced to its 
recoverable amount. An impairment loss is recognized as an expense immediately.  
Where an impairment loss subsequently reverses, the carrying amount of the assets is increased to the revised estimate of its recoverable 
amount, but so that the increased carrying amount does not exceed the carrying amount that would have been determined had no 
impairment loss been recognized for the asset in prior years. A reversal of an impairment loss is recognized in profit or loss immediately. 
Amortization is provided on the fair value of the asset and is calculated on a straight-line basis over its useful life. Amortization is recognized 
within the Group Statement of Comprehensive Income. Intellectual property and patents acquired as part of a business combination are only 
amortized once technical viability has been proven and commercial agreements are likely to be achieved. 
Patents includes the costs associated with acquiring and registering patents in respect of intellectual property rights. Patents are amortized 
on a straight-line basis over their useful lives of up to 20 years from the date of filing the patent. 
Goodwill 
Goodwill on acquisitions, being the excess of the fair value of the cost of acquisition over the Group’s interest in the fair value of the 
identifiable assets and liabilities acquired, is capitalized and tested for impairment on an annual basis. 
Any impairment is recognized immediately in profit or loss and is not subsequently reversed. For the purpose of impairment testing, goodwill 
is allocated to cash-generating units of 4D pharma plc, which represent the smallest identifiable group of assets that generates cash inflows 
that are largely independent of the cash inflows from other assets or groups of assets. 
Software 
Software is recognized initially at cost. After initial recognition, these assets are carried at cost less any accumulated amortization and any 
accumulated impairment losses. Cost comprises the aggregate amount paid and the fair value of any other consideration given to acquire 
the asset and includes costs directly attributable to making the asset capable of operating as intended. 
Amortization is computed by allocating the amortization amount of an asset on a systematic basis over its useful life and is applied 
separately to each identifiable component. Amortization is applied to software over three to five years on a straight-line basis. 
The carrying value of software is reviewed for impairment if events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value may not be 
recoverable and is written down immediately to their recoverable amount. Useful lives and residual values are reviewed annually and where 
adjustments are required these are made prospectively. 
A software item is derecognized on disposal or when no future economic benefits are expected to arise from the continued use of the asset. 
Any gain or loss arising on the derecognition of the asset is included in the Income Statement in the year of derecognition. 
Internally generated intangible assets 
Expenditure on research activities is recognized in the Group Statement of Comprehensive Income as incurred. Expenditure arising from the 
Group’s development is recognized in the Statement of Financial Position only if all of the following conditions are met: 
• 
an asset is created that can be identified in the Group Statement of Financial Position; 
• 
it is probable that the asset created will generate future economic benefits; 
• 
the development cost of the asset can be measured reliably; 
• 
the Group has the intention to complete the asset and the ability and intention to use or sell it; 
• 
the product or process is technically and commercially feasible; and 
• 
sufficient resources are available to complete the development and to either sell or use the asset. 
Where these criteria have not been achieved, development expenditure is recognized in profit or loss in the year in which it is incurred. 
The Group has adopted the industry standard approach to the treatment of development expenditure by capitalizing development costs  
at the point where regulatory approval is reached and the probability of generating future economic benefits is high. 
(j) Impairment of assets 
An asset’s recoverable amount is the higher of an asset’s or cash-generating unit’s fair value less costs to sell and its value in use and is 
determined for an individual asset, unless the asset does not generate cash inflows that are largely independent of those from other assets 
or groups of assets. Where the carrying value of an asset exceeds its recoverable amount, the asset is considered impaired and is written 
down to its recoverable amount. In assessing value in use, the estimated future cash flows are discounted to their present value using a pre-
tax discount rate that reflects current market assessments of the time value of money and the risks specific to the asset. In determining fair 
value less costs of disposal, an appropriate valuation model is used; these calculations are corroborated by valuation multiples, or other 
available fair value indicators. Impairment losses on continuing operations are recognized in the Group Statement of Comprehensive Income 
in those expense categories consistent with the function of the impaired asset. 
(k) Investments in subsidiaries 
Investments in and loans to subsidiaries are stated in the Company’s Statement of Financial Position at cost less provision for any impairment. 

4D pharma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2021 
74 
Notes to the financial statements (continued) 
For the year ended 31 December 2021 
3. Significant accounting policies (continued) 
(l) Impairment of financial assets 
An impairment loss is recognized for the expected credit losses on financial assets when there is an increased probability that the counterparty 
will be unable to settle an instrument’s contractual cash flows on the contractual due dates, a reduction in the amounts expected to be recovered, 
or both. 
The probability of default and expected amounts recoverable is assessed using reasonable and supportable past and forward-looking 
information that is available without undue cost or effort. The expected credit loss is a probability-weighted amount determined from a range 
of outcomes and takes into account the time value of money. 
Impairment of intercompany loans measured at amortized cost 
The measurement of impairment losses depends on whether the financial asset is ‘performing’, ‘underperforming’ or ‘non-performing’ based 
on the Company’s assessment of increases in the credit risk of the financial asset since its initial recognition and any events that have 
occurred before the year end which have a detrimental impact on cash flows. 
The financial asset moves from ‘performing’ to ‘underperforming’ when the increase in credit risk since initial recognition becomes significant. 
In assessing whether credit risk has increased significantly, the Company compares the risk of default at the year end with the risk of a 
default when the investment was originally recognized using reasonable and supportable past and forward-looking information that is available 
without undue cost. 
The risk of a default occurring takes into consideration default events that are possible within 12 months of the year end (the ‘12-month 
expected credit losses’) for ‘performing’ financial assets, and all possible default events over the expected life of those receivables  
(the ‘lifetime expected credit losses’) for ‘underperforming’ financial assets. 
Impairment losses, and any subsequent reversals of impairment losses, are adjusted against the carrying amount of the receivable and are 
recognized in profit or loss. 
(m) Inventories 
Inventories are stated at the lower of cost and net realizable value. Cost based on latest contractual prices includes all costs incurred in 
bringing each product to its present location and condition. Net realizable value is based on estimated selling price less any further costs 
expected to be incurred to disposal. Provision is made for slow-moving or obsolete items. 
(n) Trade and other receivables 
Trade receivables are initially measured at their transaction price. Group and other receivables are initially measured at fair value plus 
transaction costs. 
Receivables are held to collect the contractual cash flows which are solely payments of principal and interest. Therefore, these receivables 
are subsequently measured at amortized cost using the effective interest rate method. 
(o) Cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments 
Cash and cash equivalents comprise cash at hand and deposits with maturities of three months or less. Short-term investments comprise 
deposits with maturities of more than three months, but no greater than 12 months. 
(p) Financial liabilities and equity 
Financial liabilities and equity instruments are classified according to the substance of the contractual arrangements entered into. An equity 
instrument is any contract that evidences a residual interest in the assets of the Company after deducting all of its liabilities. 
(q) Trade and other payables 
Trade, Group and other payables are initially measured at fair value, net of direct transaction costs, and subsequently measured at 
amortized cost using the effective interest rate method. 
Receivables are held to collect the contractual cash flows which are solely payments of principal and interest. Therefore, these receivables 
are subsequently measured at amortized cost using the effective interest rate method. 
(r) Leases 
The Group and Company apply the rules of IFRS 16 according to the criteria detailed below: 
(i) Leases – the Group as lessee 
On commencement of a contract (or part of a contract) which gives the Group, or Company, the right to use an asset for a period of time in 
exchange for consideration, the Group recognizes a right-of-use asset and a lease liability unless the lease qualifies as a ‘short-term’ lease 
or a ‘low-value’ lease. 
(ii) ‘Low-value’ leases 
When the value of the underlying asset is £10,000 or less, the Group and Company both recognize, and continue to recognize, the lease 
payments associated with those leases on a straight-line basis over the lease term. 
 
 

4D pharma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2021 
75 
Notes to the financial statements (continued) 
For the year ended 31 December 2021 
3. Significant accounting policies (continued) 
(r) Leases (continued) 
(iii) ‘Short-term’ leases 
Where the lease term is 12 months or less and the lease does not contain an option to purchase the leased asset, lease payments are 
recognized as an expense on a straight-line basis over the lease term.  
(v) Leases assessed on a portfolio basis 
The Group elected to treat its property leases as a portfolio as all land and buildings have similar lease characteristics. Consequently, IFRS 
16 is applied to all land and building leases, not otherwise included in low-value or short-term leases, in aggregate rather than to each 
individual lease. 
(vi) Initial measurement of the lease liability 
The lease liability is initially measured at the present value of the lease payments during the lease term discounted using the interest rate 
implicit in the lease, or the incremental borrowing rate if the interest rate implicit in the lease cannot be readily determined. 
The lease term is the non-cancellable period of the lease plus extension periods that the Group is reasonably certain to exercise and 
termination periods that the Group is reasonably certain not to exercise. 
Lease payments include fixed payments, less any lease incentives receivable, variable lease payments dependent on an index or a rate 
(such as those linked to LIBOR) and any residual value guarantees. Variable lease payments are initially measured using the index or rate 
when the leased asset is available for use. 
Termination penalties are included in the lease payments if the lease term has been adjusted because the Group reasonably expects to 
exercise an option to terminate the lease. 
The exercise price of an option to purchase the leased asset is included in the lease liability when the Group is reasonably certain to exercise 
that option.  
(vii) Subsequent measurement of the lease liability 
The lease liability is subsequently increased for a constant periodic rate of interest on the remaining balance of the lease liability and reduced 
for lease payments. 
Interest on the lease liability is recognized in profit or loss, unless interest is directly attributable to qualifying assets. The Group had no such 
liabilities during the current and previous year. 
Variable lease payments not included in the measurement of the lease liability as they are not dependent on an index or rate are recognized 
in profit or loss in the period in which the event or condition that triggers those payments occurs. 
(viii) Re-measurement of the lease liability 
The lease liability is adjusted for changes arising from the original terms and conditions of the lease that change the lease term, the Group’s 
assessment of its option to purchase the leased asset, the amount expected to be payable under a residual value guarantee and/or changes 
in lease payments due to a change in an index or rate. The adjustment to the lease liability is recognized when the change takes effect and 
is adjusted against the right-of-use asset, unless the carrying amount of the right-of-use asset is reduced to nil, when any further adjustment 
is recognized in profit or loss. 
Adjustments to the lease payments arising from a change in the lease term or the lessee’s assessment of its option to purchase the leased 
asset are discounted using a revised discount rate. The revised discount rate is calculated as the interest rate implicit in the lease for the 
remainder of the lease term, or if that rate cannot be readily determined, the lessee’s incremental borrowing rate at the date of reassessment. 

4D pharma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2021 
76 
Notes to the financial statements (continued) 
For the year ended 31 December 2021 
3. Significant accounting policies (continued) 
(r) Leases (continued) 
(viii) Re-measurement of the lease liability (continued) 
Changes to the amounts expected to be payable under a residual value guarantee and changes to lease payments due to a change in an 
index or rate are recognized when the change takes effect and are discounted at the original discount rate unless the change is due to a 
change in floating interest rates, when the discount rate is revised to reflect the changes in interest rate. 
(ix) Lease modifications 
A lease modification is a change that was not part of the original terms and conditions of the lease and is accounted for as a separate lease  
if it increases the scope of the lease by adding the right to use one or more additional assets with a commensurate adjustment to the 
payments under the lease. 
For a lease modification not accounted for as a separate lease, the lease liability is adjusted for the revised lease payments, discounted 
using a revised discount rate. The revised discount rate used is the interest rate implicit in the lease for the remainder of the lease term,  
or if that rate cannot be readily determined, the lessee company’s incremental borrowing rate at the date of the modification. 
Where the lease modification decreases the scope of the lease, the carrying amount of the right-of-use asset is reduced to reflect the partial 
or full termination of the lease. Any difference between the adjustment to the lease liability and the adjustment to the right-of-use asset is 
recognized in profit or loss.  
For all other lease modifications, the adjustment to the lease liability is recognized as an adjustment to the right-of-use asset. 
(x) Significant judgements and major sources of estimation uncertainty 
The Group determined that all leases of assets with a value, when new, of £10,000 will be classified and accounted for as ‘low-value’ leases. 
The Group applies judgement in determining whether individual leases can be accounted for as a portfolio. The judgements include an 
assessment of whether the leases share similar characteristics and whether the financial statements would be materially different if each 
lease was accounted for individually. 
In determining the lease term, the Group assesses whether it is reasonably certain to exercise, or not to exercise, options to extend or 
terminate a lease. This assessment is made at the start of the lease and is re-assessed if significant events of changes in circumstances 
occur that are within the lessee’s control. 
The Group uses judgement to assess whether the interest rate implicit in the lease is readily determinable.  
When the interest rate implicit in the lease is not readily determinable, the Group estimates the incremental borrowing rate based on its 
external borrowings secured against similar assets, adjusted for the term of the lease.  
The Group estimates the amount expected to be paid under a residual value guarantee taking into consideration current market prices for 
similar assets of a similar age and condition and the remaining term of the lease. 
The Group makes estimates of the cost of restoring leased assets to their original condition when required to do so under the terms and 
conditions of the lease. Those estimates are based on the current condition of the leased assets and past experience of restoration costs. 
The Group applied judgement in applying the following transition provisions in IFRS 16: 
• 
Determining whether leases have similar characteristics to apply a single discount rate. Lease portfolios have been grouped between 
leases of UK and European properties, UK and European machinery, UK and European office equipment and UK and European 
vehicles. These classes of asset have similar lease terms. 
(s) Loans  
Loans are interest bearing and are initially recognized at fair value less the directly attributable costs of issue. They are subsequently 
measured at amortized cost using the effective interest method. 
(t) Warrants and units (financial liabilities) 
Financial liabilities are initially recognized at their fair value on the date the contract is entered into and transaction costs are expensed.  
The Company’s financial liabilities are subsequently re-measured at their fair value at each Statement of Financial Position date with 
changes in fair value recognized in the Income Statement.  
As the exercise price of certain of the Company’s share purchase warrants and units are fixed in US Dollars, and the functional currency of 
the Company is Pounds Sterling, these warrants and units are considered financial liabilities as a variable amount of cash in the Company’s 
functional currency will be received on exercise. Accordingly, these share purchase warrants and units are classified and accounted for as  
a financial liability. The fair value of the warrants is determined using a Type 1 valuation, by comparison to their publicly traded market value, 
where available. For warrants and units which are not publicly traded a Type 2 Black Scholes option pricing model has been used to generate 
a valuation.  
The Company also has certain warrants which are treated as financial liabilities as, though they are exercisable in Pounds Sterling, they 
contain characteristics which allow for variations in the number of shares that will be issued for a fixed amount of cash. The fair value of 
these warrants is determined using a Type 3 Monte Carlo valuation technique.  
 
 

4D pharma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2021 
77 
Notes to the financial statements (continued) 
For the year ended 31 December 2021 
3. Significant accounting policies (continued) 
(u) Share-based payments including warrants 
Equity settled share-based payment transactions are measured with reference to the fair value at the date of grant, recognized on a straight-
line basis over the vesting period, based on the Company’s estimate of shares that will eventually vest. Where no vesting period exists, the 
full fair value is recognized immediately. Fair value is measured using a suitable option pricing model. 
At each reporting date before vesting, the cumulative expense is calculated, representing the extent to which the vesting period has expired 
and management’s best estimate of the achievement or otherwise of non-market conditions and the number of equity instruments that will 
ultimately vest. The movement in cumulative expense since the previous reporting date is recognized in the Group Statement of Comprehensive 
Income, with a corresponding entry in equity. 
Where the terms of an equity settled award are modified or a new award is designated as replacing a cancelled or settled award, the cost 
based on the original award terms continues to be recognized over the remainder of the original vesting period. In addition, an expense is 
recognized over the remainder of the new vesting period for the incremental fair value of any modification, based on the difference between 
the fair value of the original award and the fair value of the modified award, both as measured on the date of modification. No reduction is 
recognized if this difference is negative. 
Where awards are granted to the employees of the subsidiary company, the fair value of the awards at grant date is recorded in the 
Company’s financial statements as an increase in the value of the investment with a corresponding increase in equity via the share-based 
payment reserve. 
(v) Share capital 
Proceeds on issue of shares are included in shareholders’ equity, net of transaction costs. The carrying amount is not re-measured in 
subsequent years. 
(w) New accounting standards and interpretations  
Adoption of IFRS 
The Group and Company financial statements have been prepared in accordance with IFRS, IAS and IFRS Interpretations Committee 
(IFRSIC) effective as at 31 December 2021. The Group and Company have not chosen to adopt any amendments or revised standards early. 
Where applicable, the following amendments to accounting standards were adopted by the Group on the effective date during the current 
year. The Group has applied these standards in the preparation of the financial statements and has not adopted any new or amended 
standards early. 
Amendment to IFRS 16 
COVID-19-Related Rent Concessions beyond 30 June 2021 
1 April 2021 
Amendment to IFRS 4, IFRS 7, IFRS 9, IFRS 16 and IAS 39  
Interest Rate Benchmark Reform – Phase 2 
1 January 2021 
 
Any significant impact on adoption is included in these notes. 
UK IFRS 
On 31 January 2020, the UK exited the EU and entered the transitional period during which companies with a financial year beginning on or 
before 31 December 2020, whose debt or equity securities are traded in a regulated exchange in the UK, continue to apply IFRS adopted by 
the EU. 
On 1 January 2021 the Company adopted UK IFRS for both the current and prior reported results under the revised framework. The Directors 
did not note any changes requiring disclosure or adjustment. 
IFRS issued but not yet effective 
At the date of issue of these financial statements, the following accounting standards and interpretations, which have not been applied, were 
in issue but not yet effective. The Directors do not anticipate adoption of the standards listed below will have a material impact on the financial 
statements or they consider the implementation too uncertain to speculate on the impact on the accounts at this point in time. 
Amendments to IFRS 17 and IFRS 9 
Initial Application of IFRS 17 and IFRS 9 – 
Comparative Information 
1 January 2023 
Amendments to IFRS 1 and IAS 12 
Deferred Tax Related to Assets and Liabilities 
Arising from a Single Transaction 
1 January 2023 
Amendments to Practice Statement 2, IAS 1, IFRS 7, 
IFRS 8, IAS 26 and IAS 34  
Disclosure of Accounting Policies 
1 January 2023 
Amendment to IAS 8 
Definition of Accounting Estimates 
1 January 2023 
Taxonomy Updates to IFRS 3, IFRS 5, IFRS 15, IAS 1, 
IAS 7, IAS 12, IAS 16, IAS 19, IAS 21 and IAS 33 
Various Taxonomy Updates 
 
TBC 
 
 
 
 

4D pharma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2021 
78 
Notes to the financial statements (continued) 
For the year ended 31 December 2021 
4. Revenue 
  
Year to 
Year to 
  
31 December 
31 December 
  
2021 
2020 
  
£000 
£000 
Revenue 
522 
534 
 
In October 2019, the Group entered into a collaboration agreement with MSD. The collaboration agreement was for the use of the MicroRx® 
platform to discover and develop LBP candidates as vaccines in up to three indications and the Group is responsible for the discovery and 
engineering of LBPs. Associated project costs were £1.1 million for the year ended 31 December 2021 (31 December 2020: £1.0 million). 
No other revenue was generated during the year.  
5. Operating loss 
  
Year to 
Year to 
  
31 December 
31 December 
  
2021 
2020 
By nature: 
£000 
£000 
Operating loss is stated after charging /(crediting): 
 
 
Research and development expense 
 
 
Depreciation on property, plant, and equipment: 
 
 
– Owned assets 
629 
731 
– Right-of-use assets 
50 
52 
Amortization of intangible assets 
66 
139 
Staff costs (see note 7) 
4,388 
4,522 
Short-term rentals: 
 
 
– Land and buildings 
85 
133 
Other contractual commitments 
5,673 
9,213 
Other research and development costs 
8,927 
7,251 
  
19,818 
22,041 
Administrative expenses 
 
 
Depreciation on property, plant, and equipment: 
 
 
– Owned assets 
117 
126 
– Right-of-use assets 
93 
93 
Amortization of intangible assets 
21 
64 
Profit on disposal of property, plant and equipment 
14 
— 
Staff costs (see note 7) 
1,528 
1,353 
Short-term rentals: 
 
 
– Land and buildings 
19 
— 
– Equipment 
2 
2 
Auditor’s remuneration 
334 
469 
Legal and professional 
2,094 
2,013 
Consultancy 
242 
269 
Insurance 
1,314 
83 
Share-based payments 
583 
235 
Other contractual commitments 
442 
488 
Other administrative costs 
480 
774 
  
7,283 
5,969 
Foreign currency gains 
(441) 
(363) 
Other income 
(36) 
(45) 
 
 
 

4D pharma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2021 
79 
Notes to the financial statements (continued) 
For the year ended 31 December 2021 
5. Operating loss (continued) 
 
Year to 
Year to 
  
31 December 
31 December 
  
2021 
2020 
By nature: 
£000 
£000 
Auditor’s remuneration: 
 
 
RSM UK, UK audit services: 
 
 
– Fees payable to Company auditor for the audit of the IFRS parent and the consolidated accounts 
54 
44 
– Auditing the financial statements of subsidiaries pursuant to legislation 
11 
11 
– Audit related services 
3 
3 
RSM US, US affiliated audit services: 
 
 
– Fees payable to US Company auditor for the audit of the parent and the consolidated accounts for the 
current year 
204 
127 
– Fees payable to US Company auditor for the audit of the parent and the consolidated accounts for the prior 
years 
— 
228 
– Non-audit services included in the Income Statement for the review of the opening balances 
62 
56 
– Non-audit share issue costs, included in the Statement of Financial Position  
— 
112 
Total auditor’s and affiliated auditor’s remuneration 
334 
581 
 
6. Non-recurring costs 
 
Year to 
Year to 
  
31 December 
31 December 
  
2021 
2020 
 
£000 
£000 
Fair value adjustments on warrants issued February 2020 in connection with the issue of equity 
— 
3,110 
Fair value adjustments on completion of the merger with Longevity Acquisition Corporation  
are made up as follows: 
 
 
– Shares 
34,153 
— 
– Public warrants 
5,589 
— 
– Private warrants 
1,236 
— 
– Representative units 
2,339 
— 
– Backstop warrants 
9,353 
— 
Less: cash received (after deduction of liabilities) 
(8,419) 
— 
Fair value adjustment on warrants issued with loans 
130 
— 
Total non-recurring costs 
44,381 
3,110 
 
Non-recurring costs relate to fair value adjustment in respect of warrants and other financial instruments on initial inception; further details 
can be found in notes 8 and 21. 
7. Staff costs 
  
Year to 31 December 2021 
 
Year to 31 December 2020  
  
Research and 
 
 
 
Research and 
 
 
  
development 
Administrative 
Total 
 
development 
Administrative 
Total 
Group 
£000 
£000 
£000 
 
£000 
£000 
£000 
Wages and salaries 
3,467 
938 
4,405 
 
3,657 
1,101 
4,758 
Social security costs 
602 
243 
845 
 
619 
148 
767 
Pension contributions 
66 
17 
83 
 
 84 
 31 
 115 
  
4,135 
1,198 
5,333 
 
4,360 
1,280 
5,640 
Share-based compensation 
253 
330 
583 
 
162 
73 
235 
  
4,388 
1,528 
5,916 
 
4,522 
1,353 
5,875 
Directors’ remuneration (including benefits 
in kind) included in the aggregate 
remuneration above comprised: 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Emoluments for qualifying services 
— 
622 
622 
 
— 
387 
387 
 
 
 

4D pharma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2021 
80 
Notes to the financial statements (continued) 
For the year ended 31 December 2021 
7. Staff costs (continued) 
  
Year to 31 December 2021 
 
Year to 31 December 2020 
  
Research and 
 
 
 
Research and 
 
 
  
development 
Administrative 
Total 
 
development 
Administrative 
Total 
Company 
£000 
£000 
£000 
 
£000 
£000 
£000 
Wages and salaries 
1,196 
325 
1,521 
 
 1,120 
 646 
1,766 
Social security costs 
205 
34 
239 
 
 192 
 75 
 267 
Pension contributions 
14 
13 
27 
 
 22 
 29 
 51 
  
1,415 
372 
1,787 
 
1,334 
 750 
2,084 
Share-based compensation 
52 
104 
156 
 
54 
73 
127 
  
1,467 
476 
1,943 
 
1,388 
823 
2,211 
Directors’ remuneration (including benefits 
in kind) included in the aggregate 
remuneration above comprised: 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Emoluments for qualifying services 
— 
622 
622 
 
— 
387 
387 
 
Directors’ emoluments (excluding social security costs but including benefits in kind) disclosed above include £185,042 (31 December 2020: 
£101,963) paid to the highest paid Director. 
The Directors were not granted any share options in the year ended 31 December 2021 or 31 December 2020 and none of the Directors 
held any share options at 31 December 2021 nor at 31 December 2020. 
An analysis of the highest paid Director’s remuneration is included in the Directors’ remuneration report: Report. 
The average number of employees during the year (including Directors) was as follows: 
  
Year to 
Year to 
Year to 
Year to 
  
31 December 
31 December 
31 December 
31 December 
  
2021 
2021 
2020 
2020 
  
Group 
Company 
Group 
Company 
  
Number 
Number 
Number 
Number 
Directors 
7 
7 
6 
6 
Scientific and administrative staff 
88 
8 
109 
16 
 
95 
15 
115 
22 
 
8. Finance income and finance expense 
  
Year to 
Year to 
  
31 December 
31 December 
  
2021 
2020 
  
£000 
£000 
Finance income 
 
 
Bank interest receivable 
1 
5 
Finance expense 
 
 
Lease liability interest on: 
 
 
– Plant and equipment 
— 
— 
– Land and buildings  
(161) 
(82) 
Other interest payable 
(449) 
(91) 
  
(610) 
(173) 
Fair value adjustment on warrants and units 
13,627 
— 
 
Bank interest receivable includes £Nil (31 December 2020: £Nil) which is receivable after the year end. 
 
 

4D pharma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2021 
81 
Notes to the financial statements (continued) 
For the year ended 31 December 2021 
9. Taxation 
The tax credit is made up as follows: 
 
Year to 
Year to 
  
31 December 
31 December 
  
2021 
2020 
  
£000 
£000 
Current income tax 
 
 
Corporation tax income for the year 
(3,496) 
(3,475) 
Corporation tax expense for the year 
14 
2 
Adjustment in respect of prior years 
(21) 
42 
Total income tax credit recognized in the year 
(3,503) 
(3,431) 
Current deferred tax 
 
 
Previously recognized deferred tax gains offset against losses 
— 
(940) 
Current year charge 
(2) 
(12) 
Total deferred tax 
(2) 
(952) 
Total income tax credit recognized in the year 
(3,505) 
(4,383) 
 
The income tax credit can be reconciled to the accounting loss as follows: 
 
Year to 
Year to 
  
31 December 
31 December 
  
2021 
2020 
  
£000 
£000 
Loss before taxation 
(57,465) 
(30,346) 
Tax at the average standard rate of 19.12% (31 December 2020: 19.58%) 
(10,986) 
(5,942) 
Effects of: 
 
 
Expenses not deductible for tax purposes 
5,234 
656 
Adjustments from foreign currency translations on subsidiaries 
(24) 
(7) 
Enhanced research and development expenditure 
(2,604) 
(2,464) 
Property, plant, equipment and software temporary differences 
39 
97 
Deferred tax not provided on losses 
3,953 
3,397 
Utilized losses from prior years 
— 
(28) 
Adjustment in respect of prior years 
(20) 
42 
Offset of deferred tax liabilities against deferred tax assets in the year 
— 
(940) 
Reversal of temporary differences 
(2) 
(12) 
Effects of variation on tax reclaims over the standard rate  
905 
818 
Tax income tax credit recognized in the year 
(3,505) 
(4,383) 
 
The enacted UK corporation tax rate of 25.00% forms the basis for the UK element of the deferred tax calculation noted below, the 
equivalent rates used for Ireland and Spain were 12.50% and 25.00% respectively and for the USA the federal tax rate used was 21.00% 
and the average state tax rate used was 8.84%. 
At 31 December 2021, the Group had tax losses available for carry forward of approximately £85.0 million (31 December 2020: 
£66.6 million). The Group has not recognized deferred tax assets relating to such earned forward losses of approximately £21.0 million 
(31 December 2020: £12.6 million). 
At 31 December 2021, the Company had tax losses available for carry forward of approximately £38.8 million (31 December 2020: 
£28.0 million). The Company has not recognized deferred tax assets relating to such earned forward losses of approximately £10.6 million 
(31 December 2020: £5.3 million). 
Group management considers that there is insufficient evidence of future taxable income, taxable temporary differences and feasible  
tax-planning strategies to utilize all of the cumulative losses and therefore it is not considered certain that the deferred tax assets will be 
realized in full. If future income differs from current projections, this could significantly impact the tax charge or benefit in future years. 
 
 
 

4D pharma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2021 
82 
Notes to the financial statements (continued) 
For the year ended 31 December 2021 
10. Loss per share 
(a) Basic and diluted 
  
Year to 
Year to 
  
31 December 
31 December 
  
2021 
2020 
  
£000 
£000 
Loss for the year attributable to equity shareholders 
(53,960) 
(25,963) 
Weighted average number of shares 
 
 
Ordinary shares in issue 
169,520,003 
 113,851,960 
Basic loss per share (pence) 
(31.83)p 
(22.80)p 
 
The basic and diluted loss per share are the same as the effect of share options and warrants is anti-dilutive. 
(b) Adjusted 
Adjusted loss per share is calculated after adjusting for the effect of non-recurring income and expenses arising from fair value adjustments 
on the issue of warrants and merger with Longevity Acquisition Corporation. 
Reconciliation of adjusted loss after tax: 
  
Year to 
Year to 
  
31 December 
31 December 
  
2021 
2020 
  
£000 
£000 
Reported loss after tax 
(53,960) 
(25,963) 
Non-recurring costs 
44,381 
3,110 
Adjusted loss after tax 
(9,579) 
(22,853) 
Adjusted basic loss per share (pence) 
(5.65)p 
(20.07)p 
 
 

4D pharma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2021 
83 
Notes to the financial statements (continued) 
For the year ended 31 December 2021 
11. Property, plant and equipment 
 
 
Fixtures, 
 
 
  
 
fittings 
 
 
  
Plant and 
and office 
Land and 
 
  
machinery 
equipment 
buildings 
Total 
Group 
£000 
£000 
£000 
£000 
Cost 
 
 
 
 
At 31 December 2019 
5,987 
215 
2,207 
8,409 
Additions 
163 
— 
— 
163 
Exchange rate adjustment 
238 
— 
63 
301 
At 31 December 2020 
6,388 
215 
2,270 
8,873 
Additions 
180 
— 
23 
203 
Disposals 
(304) 
(3) 
— 
(307) 
Exchange rate adjustment 
(274) 
— 
(71) 
(345) 
At 31 December 2021 
5,990 
212 
2,222 
8,424 
Depreciation 
 
 
 
 
At 31 December 2019 
2,529 
163 
557 
3,249 
Provided during the year 
682 
32 
289 
1,003 
Exchange rate adjustment 
103 
— 
24 
127 
At 31 December 2020 
3,314 
195 
870 
4,379 
Provided during the year 
580 
19 
290 
889 
Released on disposal 
(264) 
(3) 
— 
(267) 
Exchange rate adjustment 
(111) 
(1) 
(27) 
(139) 
At 31 December 2021 
3,519 
210 
1,133 
4,862 
Net book value: 
 
 
 
 
At 31 December 2021 
2,471 
2 
1,089 
3,562 
At 31 December 2020 
3,074 
20 
1,400 
4,494 
At 31 December 2019 
3,458 
52 
1,650 
5,160 
 
Included in the totals above are the following assets held under leases; these agreements are secured against the assets to which 
they relate: 
 
 
 
Right-of-use 
 
  
Finance lease assets 
 
assets 
 
  
Plant and 
Total owned 
 
Land and 
 
  
machinery 
assets 
 
buildings 
Total 
Group assets under lease agreements 
£000 
£000 
 
£000 
£000 
Cost 
 
 
 
 
 
At 31 December 2019 
44 
44 
 
1,106 
1,150 
Exchange rate adjustment 
2 
2 
 
19 
21 
At 31 December 2020 
46 
46 
 
1,125 
1,171 
Release of security on completion of lease 
(43) 
(43) 
 
— 
(43) 
Exchange rate adjustment 
(3) 
(3) 
 
(22) 
(25) 
At 31 December 2021 
— 
— 
 
1,103 
1,103 
Depreciation 
 
 
 
 
 
At 31 December 2019 
24 
24 
 
142 
166 
Provided during the year 
5 
5 
 
145 
150 
Exchange rate adjustment 
2 
2 
 
3 
5 
At 31 December 2020 
31 
31 
 
290 
321 
Provided during the year 
4 
4 
 
143 
147 
Release of security on completion of lease 
(33) 
(33) 
 
— 
(33) 
Exchange rate adjustment 
(2) 
(2) 
 
(7) 
(9) 
At 31 December 2021 
— 
— 
 
426 
426 
Net book value: 
 
 
 
 
 
At 31 December 2021 
— 
— 
 
677 
677 
At 31 December 2020 
15 
15 
 
835 
850 
At 31 December 2019 
20 
20 
 
964 
984 

4D pharma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2021 
84 
Notes to the financial statements (continued) 
For the year ended 31 December 2021 
11. Property, plant and equipment (continued) 
 
 
Fixtures, 
 
 
  
 
fittings 
 
 
  
Plant and 
and office 
Land and 
 
  
machinery 
equipment 
buildings 
Total 
Company 
£000 
£000 
£000 
£000 
Cost 
 
 
 
 
At 31 December 2019 
218 
184 
1,062 
1,464 
Additions 
4 
— 
— 
4 
At 31 December 2020 
222 
184 
1,062 
1,468 
Additions 
29 
— 
— 
29 
At 31 December 2021 
251 
184 
1,062 
1,497 
Depreciation 
 
 
 
 
At 31 December 2019 
113 
137 
239 
489 
Provided during the year 
39 
28 
154 
221 
At 31 December 2020 
152 
165 
393 
710 
Provided during the year 
36 
18 
155 
209 
At 31 December 2021 
188 
183 
548 
919 
Net book value: 
 
 
 
 
At 31 December 2021 
63 
1 
514 
578 
At 31 December 2020 
70 
19 
669 
758 
At 31 December 2019 
105 
47 
823 
975 
Included in the totals above are the following assets held under leases; these agreements are secured against the assets to which 
they relate: 
 
Right-of-use 
 
  
assets 
 
  
Land and 
 
  
buildings 
Total 
Company assets under lease agreements 
£000 
£000 
Cost 
 
 
At 31 December 2019, 31 December 2020 and 31 December 2021 
755 
755 
Depreciation 
 
 
At 31 December 2019 
92 
92 
Provided during the year 
94 
94 
At 31 December 2020 
186 
186 
Provided during the year 
94 
94 
At 31 December 2021 
280 
280 
Net book value: 
 
 
At 31 December 2021 
475 
475 
At 31 December 2020 
569 
569 
At 31 December 2019 
663 
663 
 
 
 
 

4D pharma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2021 
85 
Notes to the financial statements (continued) 
For the year ended 31 December 2021 
12. Intangible assets 
 
 
 
Intellectual 
 
 
  
Software 
Patents 
property 
Goodwill 
Total 
Group 
£000 
£000 
£000 
£000 
£000 
Cost 
 
 
 
 
 
At 31 December 2019 
278 
1,081 
4,507 
9,187 
15,053 
Additions 
15 
— 
— 
— 
15 
Exchange rate adjustment 
— 
— 
— 
225 
225 
At 31 December 2020 
293 
1,081 
4,507 
9,412 
15,293 
Disposals 
(1) 
— 
— 
— 
(1) 
Exchange rate adjustment 
— 
— 
— 
(252) 
(252) 
At 31 December 2021 
292 
1,081 
4,507 
9,160 
15,040 
Amortization 
 
 
 
 
 
At 31 December 2019 
177 
888 
— 
— 
1,065 
Provided during the year 
71 
132 
— 
— 
203 
At 31 December 2020 
248 
1,020 
— 
— 
1,268 
Provided during the year 
26 
61 
— 
— 
87 
Disposals 
(1) 
— 
— 
— 
(1) 
At 31 December 2021 
273 
1,081 
— 
— 
1,354 
Net book value: 
 
 
 
 
 
At 31 December 2021 
19 
— 
4,507 
9,160 
13,686 
At 31 December 2020 
45 
61 
4,507 
9,412 
14,025 
At 31 December 2019 
101 
193 
4,507 
9,187 
13,988 
 
 
 
Software 
Patents 
Total 
Company 
£000 
£000 
£000 
Cost 
 
 
 
At 31 December 2019 
239 
1,076 
1,315 
Additions 
9 
— 
9 
At 31 December 2020 and 31 December 2021 
248 
1,076 
1,324 
Amortization 
 
 
 
At 31 December 2019 
147 
795 
942 
Provided during the year 
65 
198 
263 
At 31 December 2020 
212 
993 
1,205 
Provided during the year 
22 
82 
104 
At 31 December 2021 
234 
1,075 
1,309 
Net book value 
 
 
 
At 31 December 2021 
14 
1 
15 
At 31 December 2020 
36 
83 
119 
At 31 December 2019 
92 
281 
373 
 
Goodwill amounting to £9.390 million, intellectual property amounting to £4.507 million and patent rights amounting to £1.081 million relate 
to a single cash-generating unit (CGU), contained in the original acquisitions of 4D Pharma Research Limited, 4D Pharma León, S.L.U. 
and 4D Pharma Cork Limited (formerly Tucana Health Limited) before foreign currency adjustments. These entities together provide the 
necessary facilities and resources to enable the Group to successfully research, manufacture, gain approval for and commercialize Live 
Biotherapeutic Products. 
Goodwill, which has arisen on the business combinations, represents staff and accumulated know-how after fair value has been attributed to 
all other assets and liabilities acquired. Intellectual property of £1.923 million recognized on the business combinations represents bacteria 
identified by the Group’s know-how and processes and at different stages of research and development, from early identification to patented 
strains of bacteria. Intellectual property of £2.584 million represents the methods and know-how in relation to the MicroDx platform acquired 
as part of 4D Pharma Cork Limited (formerly Tucana Health Limited). 
 
 

4D pharma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2021 
86 
Notes to the financial statements (continued) 
For the year ended 31 December 2021 
12. Intangible assets (continued) 
During the year goodwill, intellectual property, patents and associated property, plant and equipment were tested for impairment in 
accordance with IAS 36 ‘Impairment of Assets’. The recoverable amount of the CGU exceeds the carrying amount of goodwill, intellectual 
property, patents and associated property, plant and equipment. The recoverable amount of the CGU has been measured using a value-in-
use calculation and, as such, no impairment was deemed necessary. The key assumptions used, which are based on both management’s 
past experience as well as externally provided reports, for the value-in-use calculations are those relating to the risk-adjusted net present 
value of candidates that have been identified as potential future products as of 31 December 2021 and for which estimated potential peak 
sales and future cash flows have been estimated. In addition, an external valuation of intellectual property contained via the acquisition of  
4D Pharma Cork Limited (formerly Tucana Health Limited) has been used. Valuation of an early-stage drug discovery pharmaceutical company 
is a notoriously difficult task and an analysis of financial history gives little indication of future performance. Despite this, for products currently 
in development, sales potentials can be estimated and management has used its own experience as well as consulting with external experts 
to establish best estimates of sales pricing and revenue forecasting and these can provide the starting point for valuing these products and 
ensuring that their value has not been impaired.  
The recoverable amount of goodwill, intellectual property, patents and associated property, plant and equipment exceeds the carrying 
amount by 4,189%. The key assumption considered most sensitive for the value-in-use calculation is that regarding the discount rate applied 
to the net present value calculations. Management has performed sensitivity analysis on this key assumption and increased this from 10% to 
20%. Due to the headroom which exists between the recoverable amount and the carrying value there is no reasonable possible change in 
this assumption that would cause the CGU's carrying value to exceed its recoverable amount. 
13. Investment and loans to subsidiaries 
Non-current assets 
 
Investment in 
  
subsidiaries 
Company 
£000 
At 31 December 2019 
11,703 
Share-based payments with subsidiaries failing to meet vesting criteria 
(98) 
Share-based payments issued to employees in subsidiaries 
108 
At 31 December 2020 
11,713 
Fair value of shares issued to 4D Pharma (BVI) Limited in relation to the merger with Longevity Acquisition Corporation 
34,153 
Distribution to 4D pharma plc from 4D Pharma (BVI) Limited  
(8,419) 
Impairment of investment 4D Pharma (BVI) Limited 
(25,734) 
Share-based payments with subsidiaries failing to meet vesting criteria 
(52) 
Change in fair value of exercised share options for employees in subsidiaries 
(91) 
Share-based payments issued to employees in subsidiaries 
427 
At 31 December 2021 
11,997 
By subsidiary 
 
4D Pharma Research Limited 
2,494 
4D Pharma Cork Limited 
3,813 
4D Pharma León S.L.U. 
5,465 
4D Pharma Delaware Inc. 
225 
At 31 December 2021 
11,997 
  
 

4D pharma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2021 
87 
Notes to the financial statements (continued) 
For the year ended 31 December 2021 
13. Investment and loans to subsidiaries (continued) 
Non-current assets (continued) 
 
Loans to 
  
subsidiary 
  
undertakings 
Company 
£000 
At 31 December 2019 
59,643 
Additions in the year 
14,257 
Impairment provision 
(1,230) 
At 31 December 2020 
72,670 
Additions in the year 
12,822 
At 31 December 2021 
85,492 
By subsidiary 
 
4D Pharma Research Limited 
79,196 
4D Pharma Cork Limited 
3,022 
4D Pharma León S.L.U. 
3,255 
4D Pharma Delaware Inc. 
19 
At 31 December 2021 
85,492 
 
On 22 March 2021 the Group completed its merger with Longevity Acquisition Corporation. To complete the transaction the Company 
provided 4D Pharma (BVI) limited with 31,048,192 shares with a value of £1.10 per share to settle connected liabilities in relation to the 
transaction and recognized an investment of £34.2 million. On the same day Longevity Acquisition Corporation transferred its remaining 
asset, in the form of a cash balance of $14.9 million (less liabilities), to the Company. This provided the Company with net cash of £8.4 with 
4D Pharma (BVI) Limited recognizing a loan asset and the Company recognizing a loan liability for this amount. 4D Pharma (BVI) Limited 
then issued a distribution of all profits (after interest) to the Company for £8.4 million, clearing the loan balances in both companies to £Nil 
and reducing the investment costs in 4D Pharma (BVI) Limited by the aforementioned amount. With 4D Pharma (BVI) Limited then having  
no other assets, the remaining investment balance recognized in the Company was impaired, reducing the balance to £Nil.  
IFRS 9 requires intercompany loans be recognized based on the recoverability of the discounted value of future cash flows with effective 
interest taken to the Income Statement and that any impairment be recognized. The Company and Group have reviewed the position on 
loans and have agreed that they are non-current in nature and that, while no evidence of impairment exists to the underlying assets, the 
reduced level of activity in Cork from 2020 onwards, brought about after streamlining of staff and overheads was undertaken to reduce costs 
during COVID-19, increases the inherent probability that sufficient future discounted cash flows will be available to repay the loan; a total 
provision of £1,407,641 (31 December 2020: £1,407,641) has been included in earlier years in recognition of the increased risk involved. 
Details of the share-based payments issued to employees in subsidiaries are included in note 21. 
Subsidiary undertakings 
  
 
 
 
Holding at 
  
 
 
 
31 December 
Subsidiary undertakings 
Country of incorporation 
Registered office 
Principal activity 
 2021 
4D Pharma Research Limited  
Scotland Life Sciences Innovation Building, Cornhill 
Road, Aberdeen AB25 2ZS 
Research and 
development 
100% 
4D Pharma Cork Limited 
Ireland 
C/O Quintas, Herron House, Blackpool 
Park, Cork T23 R50R 
Research and 
development 
100% 
4D Pharma S.L.U. 
Spain 
Parque Tecnológico de León, Parcela, 
M–10.4, 24009, Armunia, León, Spain 
Production of Live 
Biotherapeutics 
100% 
4D Pharma Delaware Inc. 
USA 
1209 Orange Street, Wilmington, 
New Castle, Delaware, 19801 
Provision of services 
100% 
4D Pharma (BVI) Limited (formerly 
Dolphin Merger Sub Limited) 
British Virgin Isles 
 
Palm Grove House, P.O. Box 438, 
Road Town, VG1110, Tortola 
Acquisition company 
 
100% 
 
 
The shares in all the companies listed above are held by 4D pharma plc. 
The following companies were dormant throughout 2020 and 2021 and have been dissolved on a voluntary basis following the year end: 
Subsidiary undertakings 
Company number 
The Microbiota Company Limited 
09132301 
Microbiomics Limited 
08871792 
 
 
 
 

4D pharma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2021 
88 
Notes to the financial statements (continued) 
For the year ended 31 December 2021 
14. Inventories 
  
31 December 
31 December 
31 December 
31 December 
  
2021 
2021 
2020 
2020 
  
Group 
Company 
Group 
Company 
  
£000 
£000 
£000 
£000 
Consumables and materials 
272 
— 
291 
— 
 
The Directors consider that the carrying amount of inventories is the lower of cost and market value. 
During the year £1.18 million (31 December 2020: £0.74 million) of inventories were expensed to the Income Statement. 
15. Trade and other receivables 
 
31 December 
31 December 
31 December 
31 December 
  
2021 
2021 
2020 
2020 
  
Group 
Company 
Group 
Company 
  
£000 
£000 
£000 
£000 
Prepayments 
2,167 
891 
1,752 
439 
Prepaid share issue costs 
— 
— 
1,471 
1,471 
 
2,167 
891 
3,223 
1,910 
 
Prepaid share issue costs relate to expenses incurred in advance of the Longevity merger transaction. 
The Directors consider that the carrying amount of trade and other receivables approximates to their fair value. 
16. Taxation receivables 
  
31 December 
31 December 
31 December 
31 December 
  
2021 
2021 
2020 
2020 
  
Group 
Company 
Group 
Company 
Non-current receivables 
£000 
£000 
£000 
£000 
Corporation tax 
199 
— 
177 
— 
 
Non-current assets include research and development tax claims in overseas subsidiaries that are repayable in more than one year. 
  
31 December 
31 December 
31 December 
31 December 
  
2021 
2021 
2020 
2020 
  
Group 
Company 
Group 
Company 
Current receivables 
£000 
£000 
£000 
£000 
Corporation tax 
6,825 
1,945 
3,512 
1,326 
VAT 
732 
231 
924 
225 
  
7,557 
2,176 
4,436 
1,551 
 
The Directors consider that the carrying amount of taxation receivables approximates to their fair value. 
 
 

4D pharma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2021 
89 
Notes to the financial statements (continued) 
For the year ended 31 December 2021 
17. Cash, cash equivalents and deposits 
 
31 December 
31 December 
31 December 
31 December 
  
2021 
2021 
2020 
2020 
  
Group 
Company 
Group 
Company 
  
£000 
£000 
£000 
£000 
Cash and cash equivalents 
15,497 
14,363 
8,775 
6,213 
 
The Company and the Group did not hold any cash on deposit at 31 December 2021 nor at 31 December 2020. 
The Directors consider that the carrying value of cash and cash equivalents approximates their fair value. For details on the Group’s credit 
risk management refer to note 27. 
18. Trade and other payables 
 
31 December 
31 December 
31 December 
31 December 
  
2021 
2021 
2020 
2020 
  
Group 
Company 
Group 
Company 
Current 
£000 
£000 
£000 
£000 
Trade payables 
1,221 
612 
3,300 
2,583 
Other payables 
17 
12 
22 
17 
Taxation and social security 
304 
118 
223 
82 
Accruals 
2,580 
564 
1,604 
893 
Deferred income 
688 
— 
1,230 
— 
  
4,810 
1,306 
6,379 
3,575 
 
Trade and other payables principally comprise amounts outstanding for trade purchases and ongoing costs. Trade payables are non-interest 
bearing and are typically settled on 30 to 45-day terms. 
The Directors consider that the carrying value of trade payables, other payables and accruals approximates to their fair value. 
The Group has financial risk management policies in place to ensure that any trade payables are settled within the credit time frame and no 
significant interest has been charged by any suppliers as a result of late payment of invoices during the reporting year presented herein. 
19. Lease liabilities 
Lease liabilities, excluding short-term and low-value leases, included in the Statement of Financial Position were as follows: 
 
31 December 
31 December 
31 December 
31 December 
  
2021 
2021 
2020 
2020 
  
Group 
Company 
Group 
Company 
Lease liabilities 
£000 
£000 
£000 
£000 
Current liabilities 
80 
44 
73 
37 
Non-current liabilities 
889 
671 
986 
716 
  
969 
715 
1,059 
753 
 
 
 
 

4D pharma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2021 
90 
Notes to the financial statements (continued) 
For the year ended 31 December 2021 
19. Lease liabilities (continued) 
Maturity analysis of lease liabilities 
The maturity of the gross contractual undiscounted cash flows due on the Group’s lease liabilities (excluding short-term and low-value 
leases) is set out below based on the period between 31 December 2021 and the contractual maturity date. 
Analyzed as follows: 
 
31 December 
31 December 
31 December 
31 December 
  
2021 
2021 
2020 
2020 
  
Group 
Company 
Group 
Company 
  
£000 
£000 
£000 
£000 
Land and buildings 
 
 
 
 
Due within six months 
115 
78 
115 
78 
Due between six months and one year 
115 
78 
115 
78 
Due between one and two years 
251 
176 
229 
155 
Due between two and five years 
719 
501 
738 
510 
Due in more than five years 
338 
338 
569 
505 
  
1,538 
1,171 
1,766 
1,326 
Plant and equipment 
 
 
 
 
Due within six months 
— 
— 
5 
— 
Due between six months and one year 
— 
— 
— 
— 
Due between one and two years 
— 
— 
— 
— 
Due between two and five years 
— 
— 
— 
— 
Due in more than five years 
— 
— 
— 
— 
  
— 
— 
5 
— 
Total 
 
 
 
 
Due within six months 
115 
78 
120 
78 
Due between six months and one year 
115 
78 
115 
78 
Due between one and two years 
251 
176 
229 
155 
Due between two and five years 
719 
501 
738 
510 
Due in more than five years 
338 
338 
569 
505 
  
1,538 
1,171 
1,771 
1,326 
 
  
 

4D pharma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2021 
91 
Notes to the financial statements (continued) 
For the year ended 31 December 2021 
19. Lease liabilities (continued) 
Maturity analysis of lease liabilities (continued) 
The maturity of the net contractual discounted cash flows due on the Group’s lease liabilities (excluding short-term and low-value leases) is 
set out below based on the period between 31 December 2021 and the contractual maturity date. 
Analyzed as follows: 
 
31 December 
31 December 
31 December 
31 December 
  
2021 
2021 
2020 
2020 
  
Group 
Company 
Group 
Company 
  
£000 
£000 
£000 
£000 
Land and buildings 
 
 
 
 
Due within six months 
38 
21 
14 
16 
Due between six months and one year 
42 
23 
55 
21 
Due between one and two years 
84 
44 
76 
38 
Due between two and five years 
479 
301 
413 
248 
Due in more than five years 
326 
326 
497 
430 
  
969 
715 
1,055 
753 
Plant and equipment 
 
 
 
 
Due within six months 
— 
— 
4 
— 
Due between six months and one year 
— 
— 
— 
— 
Due between one and two years 
— 
— 
— 
— 
Due between two and five years 
— 
— 
— 
— 
Due in more than five years 
— 
— 
— 
— 
  
— 
— 
4 
— 
Total 
 
 
 
 
Due within six months 
38 
21 
18 
16 
Due between six months and one year 
42 
23 
55 
21 
Due between one and two years 
84 
44 
76 
38 
Due between two and five years 
479 
301 
413 
248 
Due in more than five years 
326 
326 
497 
430 
  
969 
715 
1,059 
753 
 
Lease terms  
The Group leases properties used for its operations in the UK and in Europe. Remaining lease terms are four to five years, with remaining 
lease terms on the same leases at 31 December 2020 being for five to six years. Rentals are fixed with index linked increases at certain 
dates after inception of the lease. All property leases are subject to repair and maintenance terms and include provision for repair work on 
termination of the lease, estimations for the value of which have been included above. 
Terms on specific property leases also include: 
• 
UK property leases include a rent review by valuation in 2023. 
• 
European property leases included a break clause in 2021, which was not exercised. 
The Group also leases photocopiers which are low value and leased over a period of no more than three years at inception. 
Repayment and interest rates on lease agreements are fixed at the contract date. 
The Group incremental borrowing rate for leases at 31 December 2021 was 16.79% (31 December 2020: 16.59%) over a weighted average 
remaining period of 61 months (31 December 2020: 72 months). 
The Company incremental borrowing rate for leases at 31 December 2021 was 16.81% (31 December 2020: 16.81%) over a weighted 
average remaining period of 65 months (31 December 2020: 77 months). 
All lease agreements are secured by the Company against the assets to which they relate. 
Disclosure of the carrying amounts of right-of-use assets by class and additions to right-of-use assets has been provided in note 11 
‘Property, plant and equipment’. 
 
 
 
 

4D pharma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2021 
92 
Notes to the financial statements (continued) 
For the year ended 31 December 2021 
19. Lease liabilities (continued) 
Effect of leases on financial performance 
 
31 December 
31 December 
31 December 
31 December 
  
2021 
2021 
2020 
2020 
  
Group 
Company 
Group 
Company 
  
£000 
£000 
£000 
£000 
Depreciation charge for the year included in land and buildings: for right-of-
use assets: 
 
 
 
 
– Research and development costs 
50 
— 
52 
— 
– Administrative expenses 
93 
94 
93 
93 
Total depreciation charge on leased assets 
143 
94 
145 
93 
Lease expense in the year included in ‘research and development’ for: 
 
 
 
 
– Short-term leases, excluding leases with a term of one month or less  
85 
— 
133 
— 
– Leases of low-value assets, excluding short-term leases disclosed above 
— 
— 
— 
— 
Lease expense in the year included in ‘administrative expenses’ for: 
 
 
 
 
– Short-term leases, excluding leases with a term of one month or less  
19 
— 
— 
— 
– Leases of low-value assets, excluding short-term leases disclosed above  
2 
2 
2 
2 
Interest expense for the year on lease liabilities recognized in ‘finance costs’  
161 
117 
173 
123 
Foreign currency adjustments to lease liabilities 
(18) 
— 
18 
— 
Total effect of leases on financial performance 
392 
213 
471 
218 
 
Effect of leases on cash flows 
  
31 December 
31 December 
31 December 
31 December 
  
2021 
2021 
2020 
2020 
  
Group 
Company 
Group 
Company 
  
£000 
£000 
£000 
£000 
Total cash outflow for leases in the year  
337 
157 
361 
157 
 
Minimum lease commitments 
The total minimum lease commitments for short-term and low-value leases at 31 December 2021 and 31 December 2020 were as follows: 
 
Short-term and low-value leases 
 
Short-term and low-value leases 
  
31 December 
31 December 
 
31 December 
31 December 
  
2021 
2021 
 
2020 
2020 
  
Group 
Company 
 
Group 
Company 
  
£000 
£000 
 
£000 
£000 
Land and buildings 
 
 
 
 
 
Not later than one year 
98 
— 
 
81 
— 
After one year but not more than five years 
— 
— 
 
— 
— 
  
98 
— 
 
81 
— 
 
There were no minimum lease commitments for plant and machinery during the year to 31 December 2021 and 31 December 2020. 
 
 
 

4D pharma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2021 
93 
Notes to the financial statements (continued) 
For the year ended 31 December 2021 
20. Loans 
 
31 December 
31 December 
31 December 
31 December 
  
2021 
2021 
2020 
2020 
  
Group 
Company 
Group 
Company 
  
£000 
£000 
£000 
£000 
Current liabilities 
— 
— 
— 
— 
Non-current liabilities 
8,961 
8,961 
— 
— 
Net loan balance 
8,961 
8,961 
— 
— 
 
The loans are made up as follows: 
 
31 December 
31 December 
31 December 
31 December 
  
2021 
2021 
2020 
2020 
  
Group 
Company 
Group 
Company 
  
£000 
£000 
£000 
£000 
Term loan 
9,241 
9,241 
— 
— 
Capitalized debt issue costs 
(280) 
(280) 
— 
— 
Net loan balance 
8,961 
8,961 
— 
— 
 
On 29 July 2021 the Group entered a loan agreement with Oxford Finance S.A.R.L. for up to $30 million maturing on 1 July 2026 and secured 
against substantially all of the assets of the Group and drawing down the first tranche for $12.5 million or £8.990 million at that date. 
Interest is charged on the loan at 8.15% plus the greater of the 30-day US Dollar LIBOR rate and 0.1% throughout the term of the loan. 
Interest-only monthly payments will be made until either 1 September 2023 or 1 September 2024 dependent on certain milestones. In addition, 
a 6.0% or 6.5% final payment fee will be charged, the latter being dependent on the extension of the interest only period, though this fee may 
be discounted to between 3% and 1% if the loan is repaid before the maturity date depending on certain criteria. 
In addition to the interest and final payment fee, warrants were issued for 212,568 shares at an exercise price of $1.18. Further warrants 
become available on drawdown of loan tranches at a rate of 2% of the loan value with an exercise price based on the lower of the preceding 
day's share price and the 10-day average share price prior to the further loan. All warrants have a five-year exercise period from the date  
of issuance. 
The loan includes a restrictive covenant that requires the Group to maintain a cash balance of at least $7.5 million if the Group does not 
meet the conditions of the equity event. The equity event requires the issue of equity securities and other receipt of income from other 
partnering transactions, in certain combinations, of at least $45 million before 1 April 2022. 
The loan includes various customary covenants limiting the Group's ability to perform certain functions that may affect recoverability of the 
loan, as well as providing penalties and repayment provisions in the event of a default. A copy of the loan agreement and further details can 
be found as an exhibit to our F-1 filings with the SEC, a link to which is provided on our website. 
 
 
 

4D pharma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2021 
94 
Notes to the financial statements (continued) 
For the year ended 31 December 2021 
21. Financial instruments  
 
31 December 
31 December 
31 December 
31 December 
  
2021 
2021 
2020 
2020 
  
Group 
Company 
Group 
Company 
Warrants and units included in liabilities 
£000 
£000 
£000 
£000 
Current liabilities 
— 
— 
— 
— 
Non-current liabilities 
4,992 
4,992 
— 
— 
 
4,992 
4,992 
— 
— 
 
The warrants and units are made up as follows: 
 
31 December 
31 December 
31 December 
31 December 
  
2021 
2021 
2020 
2020 
  
Group 
Company 
Group 
Company 
  
£000 
£000 
£000 
£000 
Opening balance 
— 
— 
— 
— 
Additions: 
 
 
 
 
– Arising on merger with Longevity Acquisition Corporation 
18,517 
18,517 
— 
— 
– Arising on drawdown of loans 
130 
130 
— 
— 
Change in fair value during the period 
(13,655) 
(13,655) 
— 
— 
Closing balance 
4,992 
4,992 
— 
— 
 
Warrants and units 
The Group and Company have the following warrant and unit option schemes: 
a) 
Recognized on acquisition of Longevity Acquisition Corporation 
On 22 March 2021 the Company and Group completed their merger with Longevity Acquisition Corporation and assumed the existing 
warrants and recognized the backstop warrants issued in the funding of the transaction. The transaction was subject to an exchange 
ratio of 7.5315 4D pharma plc shares for each Longevity Acquisition Corporation share with the warrants and units detailed as follows: 
i. 
Public warrants 
Public warrants are traded on Nasdaq as LBPSW. At acquisition there were 4,000,000 public warrants which convert to half of a 
Longevity share (pre-acquisition) or 15,063,000 4D pharma plc ordinary shares at the exchange ratio. The public warrants are 
exercisable until the fifth anniversary of the transaction and have an exercise price of $11.50 per public warrant; they also include 
a redemption price of $18.00 and a cashless redemption feature. As the exercise price is expressed in USD but the Company's 
functional currency is GBP they have been treated as financial liabilities in the financial statements under IAS 32 with periodic 
gains and losses on fair value adjustment included in the Income Statement. As publicly traded financial instruments the fair 
value has been assessed using a Type 1 valuation method which uses their publicly traded value.  
ii. 
Private warrants 
At acquisition there were 320,000 private warrants which converted to half of a Longevity share (pre-acquisition) or 1,205,040  
4D pharma plc ordinary shares at the exchange ratio. The private warrants are exercisable until the fifth anniversary of the 
transaction and have an exercise price of $11.50 per private warrant; in addition there is no redemption clause, provided certain 
conditions are maintained or convert to public warrants with the same characteristics as private warrants if the conditions are not 
met, and cashless redemption features are also present. As the exercise price is expressed in USD but the Company's functional 
currency is GBP they have been treated as financial liabilities in the financial statements under IAS 32 with periodic gains and 
losses on fair value adjustment included in the Income Statement. As publicly traded prices are not available the fair value has 
been assessed using a Type 2, Black Scholes valuation model linked to the terms, conditions and observable market data at issue. 
 
 

4D pharma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2021 
95 
Notes to the financial statements (continued) 
For the year ended 31 December 2021 
21. Financial instruments (continued) 
Warrants and units (continued) 
a) 
Recognized on acquisition of Longevity Acquisition Corporation (continued) 
iii. 
Representative units 
At acquisition there were 240,000 representative units. Pre-acquisition each unit converted 1.1 Longevity shares and one public 
warrant or 1,988,316 4D pharma plc ordinary shares and 903,780 4D pharma shares in public warrants at the exchange ratio. 
The representative units are exercisable until 28 August 2023 and have an exercise price of $11.50 per unit and underlying 
redemption clauses associated with the public warrants if exercised. As the exercise price is expressed in USD but the 
Company's functional currency is GBP they have been treated as financial liabilities in the financial statements under IAS 32 with 
periodic gains and losses on fair value adjustment included in the Income Statement. As publicly traded prices are not available 
the fair value has been assessed using a Type 2, Black Scholes valuation model linked to the terms, conditions and observable 
market data at issue. 
iv. 
Backstop warrants 
Backstop warrants were issued to guarantors who provided financial support for the merger with Longevity Acquisition 
Corporation and came into effect on completion of the transaction. At acquisition 7,530,000 backstop warrants were issued for 
one 4D pharma plc ordinary share per warrant. The backstop warrants are exercisable for 60 days following the exercise period 
of the assumed warrants detailed in (i) and (ii) above. They have an exercise at par value but are indexed to the exercise of the 
assumed warrants, such that they only vest in proportion to the percentage of these assumed warrants. They include a cashless 
redemption feature and as the exercise price is indexed to these factors they have been treated as financial liabilities in the 
financial statements under IAS 32 with periodic gains and losses on fair value adjustment included in the Income Statement. As 
publicly traded prices are not available and multiple elements factor into the fair value it has been assessed using a Type 3, 
Monte Carlo valuation model linked to the terms, conditions and observable market data at issue. 
 
b) 
Loan warrants 
On 29 July 2021 the Company issued 212,568 warrants to Oxford Finance S.A.R.L. on the drawdown of the first $12.5 million of a loan 
facility for up to $30 million. Further warrants become available on drawdown of loan tranches at a rate of 2% of the loan value with an 
exercise price based on the lower of the preceding day's share price and the 10-day average share price prior to the further loan. Each 
warrant entitles the holder to subscribe for one ordinary share at a price of $1.18 at any time up to the fifth anniversary of the issue. As 
the exercise price is expressed in USD but the Company's functional currency is GBP they have been treated as financial liabilities in 
the financial statements under IAS 32 with periodic gains and losses on fair value adjustment included in the Income Statement. Since 
they are not publicly traded the fair value was assessed using a Type 2, Black Scholes valuation model linked to the terms, conditions 
and observable market data at issue. 
 
c) 
18 February 2020 warrants 
On 18 February 2020 the Company issued 22,000,000 warrants to subscribers taking part in the issue of ordinary shares on the basis 
of one warrant for every two ordinary shares purchased. Each warrant entitles the holder to subscribe for one ordinary share at a price 
of 100 pence at any time up to the fifth anniversary of admission. As they are not publicly traded the fair value was assessed using a 
Type 2, Black Scholes valuation model linked to the terms, conditions and observable market data at issue and included in equity in 
the share-based payment reserve. 
 
Group and Company 
Year ended 31 December 2021 
 
 
 
Number 
 
  
 
Exercise 
price per 
At 31 
 
 
 
At 31 
 
  
Exercise 
share 
 December 
 
 
Non-vesting 
December 
 
Warrants and units 
period 
Pence 
2020 
Granted 
Exercised 
or lapsed 
2021 
Exercisable 
Included in liabilities 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Public warrants 
2021–2026 
110.27–152.69 
— 
15,063,000 
— 
— 
15,063,000 
15,063,000 
Private warrants 
2021–2026 
110.27–152.69 
— 
1,205,040 
— 
— 
1,205,040 
1,205,040 
Representative units 
2021–2023 
103.38–105.97 
— 
2,892,096 
— 
— 
2,892,096 
2,892,096 
Backstop warrants 
2021–2026 
0.25 
— 
7,530,000 
— 
— 
7,530,000 
— 
Loan warrants 
2021–2026 
84.80–87.36 
— 
212,568 
— 
— 
212,568 
212,568 
Included in equity 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
18 February 2020 
2020–2025 
100.00 
21,924,307 
— 
(31,859) 
— 
21,892,448 
21,892,448 
  
 
 
21,924,307 
26,902,704 
(31,859) 
— 
48,795,152 
41,265,152 
Weighted average exercise price  
of options (pence) 
 
 
100.00 
91.51 
100.00 
— 
95.32 
112.67 
 
 
 

4D pharma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2021 
96 
Notes to the financial statements (continued) 
For the year ended 31 December 2021 
21. Financial instruments (continued) 
Group and Company (continued) 
Year ended 31 December 2020 
 
 
Exercise 
price per 
Number 
 
  
 
At 31 
 
 
 
At 31 
 
  
Exercise 
share 
 December 
 
 
Non-vesting 
December 
 
Warrants and units 
period 
Pence 
2019 
Granted 
Exercised 
or lapsed 
2020 
Exercisable 
Included in equity 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
18 February 2020 
2020–2025 
100.00 
— 
22,000,000 
(75,693) 
— 
21,924,307 
21,924,307 
  
 
 
— 
22,000,000 
(75,693) 
— 
21,924,307 
21,924,307 
Weighted average exercise price  
of options (pence) 
 
 
— 
100.00 
100.00 
— 
100.00 
100.00 
 
31,859 warrants were exercised during the year (31 December 2020: 75,693) and 41,265,152 warrants were exercisable at the year end 
(31 December 2020: 21,924,307). 
The following table lists the assumptions used in calculating the fair value of warrants and units: 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Weighted 
 
  
 
Expected 
Risk-free 
 
Expected 
Weighted 
average 
Number 
  
 
volatility 
interest rate 
Dividend 
life of 
average 
share price 
of options 
  
Date of 
percentage 
percentage 
yield 
options 
exercise 
at date 
originally 
 
issue 
range 
range 
% 
years 
price 
of grant 
granted 
Included in liabilities 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Public warrants 
22 March 2021 
n/a 
n/a 
0.0 
4.22-5.00 
131.48p 
137.00p 
15,063,000 
Private warrants 
22 March 2021 
90.2–94.8 
0.86–1.15 
0.0 
4.22-5.00 
131.48p 
137.00p 
1,205,040 
Representative units 
22 March 2021 
96.0–106.1 
0.43–0.78 
0.0 
1.66-2.44 
104.68p 
137.00p 
2,892,096 
Backstop warrants 
22 March 2021 
70.0–85.0 
0.87–1.14 
0.0 
4.22-5.00 
0.25p 
137.00p 
7,530,000 
Loan warrants 
29 July 2021 
90.3–94.8 
0.74–1.15 
0.0 
4.58-5.00 
86.08p 
88.00p 
212,568 
Included in equity 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
18 February 2020 
18 February 2020 
59.3 
0.46 
0.0 
5.00 
100.00p 
46.00p 
22,000,000 
 
The expected life of the warrants and units is based on historical data and is not necessarily indicative of exercise patterns that may occur. 
The expected volatility reflects the assumption that the historical volatility is indicative of future trends, which may also not necessarily be the 
actual outcome. 
No dividends were assumed to be paid in the foreseeable future. 
The models assume, within the calculation of the charge, delivery of options that are dependent on a judgmental comparison to the total 
shareholder return against a specified comparator group of companies upon passing of the vesting period. 
No other features of warrants and units granted were incorporated into the measurement of fair value. 
Share option schemes 
The Group operates the following unapproved share option schemes: 
a) 
2015 Long Term Incentive Plan (LTIP) 
Share options were granted to staff members under the ‘2015 Long Term Incentive Plan’ on 10 November 2015, 11 May 2016, 24 May 
2017, 26 October 2018 and 5 July 2019. Share options are awarded to management and key staff as a mechanism for attracting and 
retaining key employees. These options vest over a period of up to three years from the date of grant and are exercisable until the 10th 
anniversary of the award. Exercise of the award is subject to the employee remaining a full-time member of staff at the point of 
exercise and the vesting conditions being met. Vesting conditions are based on a mixture of the Company's TSR performance, relative 
to an appropriate comparator group, and certain individual performance criteria. The fair value is assessed using a Type 2, Black 
Scholes valuation model, linked to the terms, conditions and observable market data at issue and included in equity in the share-based 
payment reserve, and vesting conditions are based on a mixture of the Company’s TSR performance, relative to an appropriate 
comparator group, and certain individual performance criteria. 
 
b) 
2021 Long Term Incentive Plan (LTIP) 
Share options were granted to staff members under the ‘2021 Long Term Incentive Plan’ on 17 December 2021. Share options are 
awarded to management and staff as a mechanism for attracting and retaining key employees. These options vest subject to members 
of staff remaining employees on each vesting date and on exercise, with one-quarter of the options awarded vesting on the 
anniversary of the vesting start date with the remaining vesting dates and number of remaining options occurring evenly over the 
remainder of a four-year period from vesting start date. The fair value is assessed using a Type 2, Black Scholes valuation model, 
linked to the terms, conditions and observable market data at issue and included in equity in the share-based payment reserve. 
 
 

4D pharma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2021 
97 
Notes to the financial statements (continued) 
For the year ended 31 December 2021 
21. Financial instruments (continued) 
Share option schemes (continued) 
Group and Company 
Year ended 31 December 2021 
  
 
  
  
Date of grant 
 
 
Number 
Exercise 
Exercise 
price per 
share 
At 31 
December 
 
 
Non-vesting 
At 31 
December 
 
period 
Pence 
2020 
Granted 
Exercised 
or lapsed 
2021 
Exercisable 
Issued under the 2015 LTIP 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
11 May 2016 
2019–2026 
0.25 
9,686 
— 
(9,686) 
— 
— 
— 
24 May 2017 
2020–2027 
0.25 
36,930 
— 
(36,930) 
— 
— 
— 
26 October 2018 
2021–2028 
0.25 
57,962 
— 
(21,353) 
— 
36,610 
36,610 
5 July 2019 
2022–2029 
0.25 
446,004 
— 
— 
(176,706) 
269,298 
— 
Issued under the 2021 LTIP 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
17 December 2021 
2021–2031 
52.35 
— 
7,520,152 
— 
— 
7,520,152 
530,289 
  
 
 
550,582 
7,520,152 
(67,969) 
(176,706) 
7,826,060 
566,899 
Weighted average exercise price  
of options (pence) 
 
 
0.25 
52.35 
0.25 
0.25 
50.31 
48.99 
 
Year ended 31 December 2020 
  
 
  
  
 
 
Number 
Exercise 
Exercise 
price per 
share 
At 31 
December 
 
 
Non-vesting 
At 31 
December 
 
Date of grant 
period 
Pence 
2019 
Granted 
Exercised 
or lapsed 
2020 
Exercisable 
Issued under the 2015 LTIP 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
11 May 2016 
2019–2026 
0.25 
9,686 
— 
— 
— 
9,686 
9,686 
24 May 2017 
2020–2027 
0.25 
110,817 
— 
— 
(73,887) 
36,930 
36,930 
26 October 2018 
2021–2028 
0.25 
400,391 
30,961 
— 
(373,390) 
57,962 
 
5 July 2019 
2022–2029 
0.25 
538,596 
— 
— 
(92,592) 
446,004 
21,353 
  
 
 
1,059,490 
30,961 
— 
(539,869) 
550,582 
67,969 
Weighted average exercise price  
of options (pence) 
 
 
0.25 
0.25 
— 
0.25 
0.25 
0.25 
 
67,969 share options had been exercised at the year end (31 December 2020: nil) and 566,289 (31 December 2020: 67,969) share options 
were exercisable at the year end. 
The following table lists the assumptions used in calculating the fair value of options: 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Weighted 
 
  
 
 
 
Expected 
Weighted 
average 
Number 
  
Expected 
Risk-free 
Dividend 
life of 
average 
share price 
of options 
  
volatility 
interest rate 
yield 
options 
exercise 
at date 
originally 
Date of grant 
% 
% 
% 
years 
price 
of grant 
granted 
Issued under the 2015 LTIP 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
11 May 2016 
52.50 
1.40 
0.00 
3.00 
0.25p 
771p 
 60,147 
24 May 2017 
52.50 
0.41 
0.00 
3.00 
0.25p 
321p 
 240,406 
26 October 2018 
50.96 
0.72 
0.00 
3.00 
0.25p 
141p 
 746,779 
5 July 2019 
69.62 
0.57 
0.00 
3.00 
0.25p 
93p 
 538,596 
Issued under the 2021 LTIP 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
17 December 2021 
86.64 
1.22 
0.00 
5.84 
52.3p 
52.3p 
7,520,152 
 
The expected life of the options is based on historical data and is not necessarily indicative of exercise patterns that may occur. The expected 
volatility reflects the assumption that the historical volatility is indicative of future trends, which may also not necessarily be the actual outcome. 
No dividends were assumed to be paid in the foreseeable future. 
The models assume, within the calculation of the charge, delivery of options that are dependent on a judgemental comparison to the total 
shareholder return against a specified comparator group of companies upon passing of the vesting period. 
No other features of options granted were incorporated into the measurement of fair value. 
 
 

4D pharma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2021 
98 
Notes to the financial statements (continued) 
For the year ended 31 December 2021 
22. Deferred tax 
  
Group 
  
£000 
At 31 December 2019 
964 
Offset against taxable losses 
(940) 
Unwound in the year 
(12) 
Exchange rate movement 
1 
At 31 December 2020 
13 
Unwound in the year 
(2) 
Exchange rate movement 
(1) 
At 31 December 2021 
10 
 
Group management considers that there is insufficient evidence of future taxable income, taxable temporary differences and feasible tax-
planning strategies to utilize all of the cumulative losses and therefore it is not considered certain that the deferred tax assets will be realized 
in full. If future income differs from current projections, this could significantly impact the tax charge or benefit in future years.  
Though the Group's management does not believe that the recognition of a deferred tax asset is appropriate due to the significant 
uncertainty, the position related to the deferred tax liabilities of the Group is reviewed annually. Following the 31 December 2021 review, 
management concluded that there are sufficient losses such that that the estimated liability arising on the acquisition of goodwill on 
subsidiaries remains eligible to be offset. In the year to 31 December 2020 management formed the conclusion that the deferred tax liability 
arising on acquisition of subsidiaries could be offset against losses, reducing the balance by £940,000 to £Nil.  
All deferred tax liabilities relate to the tax arising on fair value adjustment on the acquisition of subsidiaries and their assets and as such 
there is no provision for deferred tax in the Company. 
23. Share capital 
 
Ordinary 
Share 
Share 
 
  
shares 
capital 
premium 
Total 
Group and Company 
Number 
£000 
£000 
£000 
Allotted, called up and fully paid ordinary shares of 0.25p 
 
 
 
 
Ordinary shares at 1 January 2020 
65,493,842 
164 
108,296 
108,460 
Placing and subscription on 18 February 2020 
44,000,000 
110 
21,890 
22,000 
Expenses of placing and subscription on 18 February 2020 
— 
— 
(1,065) 
(1,065) 
Placing and subscription on 13 July 2020 
21,898,400 
55 
7,610 
7,665 
Expenses of placing and subscription on 13 July 2020 
— 
— 
(529) 
(529) 
Warrants exercised (issued 18 February 2020) 
75,693 
— 
76 
76 
Ordinary shares at 31 December 2020 
131,467,935 
329 
136,278 
136,607 
Issued in connection with Longevity merger on 22 March 2021 
31,048,192 
78 
34,075 
34,153 
Expenses of merger 
— 
— 
(2,805) 
(2,805) 
Placing and issue on 22 March 2021 
16,367,332 
41 
17,963 
18,004 
Expenses of placing 
— 
— 
(1,412) 
(1,412) 
Directors’ subscription on 16 April 2021 
1,317,680 
3 
1,446 
1,449 
Warrants exercised 
31,859 
— 
64 
64 
Share options exercised 
67,969 
— 
94 
94 
Ordinary shares at 31 December 2021 
180,300,967 
451 
185,703 
186,154 
 
The balances classified as share capital and share premium include the total net proceeds (nominal value and share premium respectively) 
on issue of the Company’s equity share capital. The entire share capital consists of 0.25 pence ordinary shares.  
Each ordinary 0.25 pence share is entitled: 
• 
to one vote in any circumstances; 
• 
pari passu to dividend payments or any other distribution; and 
• 
pari passu to participate in a distribution arising from a winding up of the Company. 
  
 

4D pharma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2021 
99 
Notes to the financial statements (continued) 
For the year ended 31 December 2021 
23. Share capital (continued) 
Significant transactions 
On 18 February 2020 the Company raised £22.0 million in gross proceeds (£20.9 million net) from a placing of 16,820,080 new ordinary 
shares and a subscription of 27,179,920 new ordinary shares at an issue price of 50 pence per share. In addition, one warrant was allotted 
for every two ordinary shares subscribed in the fundraising. As a result, a total of 22,000,000 warrants were allotted. Each warrant entitles 
the holder to subscribe for one ordinary share at an exercise price of 100 pence at any time up to the fifth anniversary of admission. 
On 13 July 2020 the Company raised £7.7 million in gross proceeds (£7.1 million net) from a placing of 16,807,616 new ordinary shares and 
a subscription of 5,090,784 new ordinary shares at an issue price of 35 pence per share. 
On 22 March 2021 the Company completed the merger with Longevity Acquisition Corporation, listed on Nasdaq and gained access to its 
cash balance of $14.9 million which equated to $11.6 million or £8.4 million after the settling liabilities. Since Longevity is a cash shell with no 
future trade or income it did not qualify as a business and is not subject to the treatment for business combination under IFRS 3; as such the 
transaction has been treated as the issue of 31,048,192 shares at a price of £1.10 per share, further details of which are included in notes 6 
and 13. 
On 22 March 2021 the Company raised £18.0 million in gross proceeds (£16.6 million net) from a placing of 16,367,332 new ordinary shares 
at an issue price of £1.10 per share. 
On 16 April 2021 the Company raised £1.4 million in proceeds through the sale of 1,317,680 new ordinary shares to Directors, who were 
unable to invest in the placing, at a price of £1.10 per share. 
24. Share-based payment reserve 
 
Group 
 
Company 
  
Share-based 
 
 
 
Share-based 
 
 
  
compensation 
Warrants 
Total 
 
compensation 
Warrants 
Total 
  
£000 
£000 
£000 
 
£000 
£000 
£000 
At 31 December 2019 
367 
— 
367 
 
367 
— 
367 
Lapsed options 
(204) 
— 
(204) 
 
(106) 
— 
(106) 
Lapsed options relating to investment 
in subsidiaries 
— 
— 
— 
 
(98) 
— 
(98) 
Issued 
235 
3,110 
3,345 
 
127 
3,110 
3,237 
Issued to investment in subsidiaries 
— 
— 
— 
 
108 
— 
108 
Exercised 
— 
(11) 
(11) 
 
— 
(11) 
(11) 
At 31 December 2020 
398 
3,099 
3,497 
 
398 
3,099 
3,497 
Warrants issued or assumed in 
connection with the merger with 
Longevity Acquisition Corporation 
18,517 
— 
18,517 
 
— 
— 
— 
Warrants re-classified as liabilities 
(18,517) 
— 
(18,517) 
 
— 
— 
— 
Lapsed options 
(135) 
— 
(135) 
 
(83) 
— 
(83) 
Lapsed options relating to investment 
in subsidiaries 
— 
— 
— 
 
(52) 
— 
(52) 
Issued 
583 
— 
583 
 
156 
— 
156 
Issued to investment in subsidiaries 
— 
— 
— 
 
427 
— 
427 
Exercised 
(224) 
(4) 
(228) 
 
(68) 
(4) 
(72) 
Exercises relating to investment 
in subsidiaries 
— 
— 
— 
 
(156) 
— 
(156) 
At 31 December 2021 
622 
3,095 
3,717 
 
622 
3,095 
3,717 
 
Details of employee share options and warrants included in the share-based payment reserve are included in note 24. 
25. Capital and reserves 
The components of equity are as follows: 
Called-up share capital 
The share capital account includes the par value for all shares issued and outstanding. 
Share premium account 
The share premium account is used to record amounts received in excess of the nominal value of shares on issue of new shares less the 
costs of new share issues. 
Merger reserve 
The merger reserve comprises the premium arising on shares issued as consideration for the acquisition of subsidiary undertakings where 
merger relief under section 612 of the Companies Act 2006 applies. 
Retained earnings 
Retained earnings includes the accumulated profits and losses arising from the Group Statement of Comprehensive Income and certain 
items from other comprehensive income attributable to equity shareholders net of distributions to shareholders.  
 

4D pharma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2021 
100 
Notes to the financial statements (continued) 
For the year ended 31 December 2021 
25. Capital and reserves (continued) 
Other reserve 
The other reserve represents the balance arising on the acquisition of the former non-controlling interest in 4D Pharma Research Limited.  
Share-based payment reserve 
The share-based payment reserve accumulates the corresponding credit entry in respect of share-based compensation charges. Movements 
in the reserve are disclosed in the Statements of Changes in Equity. 
Translation reserve 
The translation reserve is composed of the exchange rate movements in non-cash assets in for foreign subsidiaries which arise on the 
translation of foreign subsidiaries. Movements in the reserve are disclosed in the Statements of Changes in Equity. 
26. Commitments 
The Group had the following non-cancellable commitments at the date of the Statement of Financial Position: 
 
31 December 
31 December 
31 December 
31 December 
  
2021 
2021 
2020 
2020 
  
Group 
Company 
Group 
Company 
  
£000 
£000 
£000 
£000 
Short-term and low-value leases (see note 19) 
98 
— 
81 
— 
Research and development 
5,031 
5,031 
5,570 
5,570 
Administrative expenses 
10 
10 
184 
184 
  
5,139 
5,041 
5,835 
5,754 
 
The maturity analysis of non-cancellable commitments is as follows: 
 
31 December 
31 December 
31 December 
31 December 
  
2021 
2021 
2020 
2020 
  
Group 
Company 
Group 
Company 
  
£000 
£000 
£000 
£000 
Short- term and low-value leases (see note 19): 
 
 
 
 
– Not later than one year 
98 
— 
81 
— 
– After one year but not more than five years 
— 
— 
— 
— 
– Due in more than five years 
— 
— 
— 
— 
  
98 
— 
81 
— 
Research and development: 
 
 
 
 
– Not later than one year 
1,888 
1,888 
3,112 
3,112 
– After one year but not more than five years 
3,143 
3,143 
2,458 
2,458 
– Due in more than five years 
— 
— 
— 
— 
  
5,031 
5,031 
5,570 
5,570 
Administrative expenses: 
 
 
 
 
– Not later than one year 
9 
9 
184 
184 
– After one year but not more than five years 
1 
1 
— 
— 
– Due in more than five years 
— 
— 
— 
— 
  
10 
10 
184 
184 
Total: 
 
 
 
 
– Not later than one year 
1,995 
1,897 
3,377 
3,296 
– After one year but not more than five years 
3,144 
3,144 
2,458 
2,458 
– Due in more than five years 
— 
— 
— 
— 
  
5,139 
5,041 
5,835 
5,754 
 
 
 
 

4D pharma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2021 
101 
Notes to the financial statements (continued) 
For the year ended 31 December 2021 
27. Financial risk management 
Overview 
This note presents information about the Group’s exposure to various kinds of financial risks, the Group’s objectives, policies and processes 
for measuring and managing risk, and the Group’s management of capital. 
The Board of Directors has overall responsibility for the establishment and oversight of the Group’s risk management framework. The Executive 
Directors report regularly to the Board on Group risk management. 
It is, and has been throughout the year, the Group’s policy that no speculative trading in financial instruments is undertaken.  
Capital risk management 
The Company reviews its forecast capital requirements on a rolling basis to ensure that entities in the Group will be able to continue as a 
going concern while maximizing the return to stakeholders. 
The capital structure of the Group consists of equity attributable to equity holders of the parent, comprising issued share capital (note 23), 
reserves and retained earnings as disclosed in note 25 and in the Group Statement of Changes in Equity. Total equity was £23.2 million at 
31 December 2021 (31 December 2020: £28.0 million). 
The Company was not subject to externally imposed capital requirements at 31 December 2021. On 29 July 2021 the Company established 
a loan facility with Oxford Finance S.A.R.L.; included in the agreement is a cash covenant which requires a cash balance of no less than  
$7.5 million to be maintained if the Company has not generated at least $45 million through the issue of certain combinations of equity and 
partnering transactions before 1 April 2022 (see note 20 for details). 
Liquidity risk 
The Group’s approach to managing liquidity is to ensure that, as far as possible, it will always have sufficient liquidity to meet its liabilities 
when due, under both normal and stressed conditions, without incurring unacceptable losses or risking damage to the Group’s reputation. 
The Group manages all of its external bank relationships centrally in accordance with defined treasury policies. The policies include the 
minimum acceptable credit rating of relationship banks and financial transaction authority limits. Any material change to the Group’s principal 
banking facility requires Board approval.  
Financial liabilities arising from the issue of warrants and units have been excluded from the details below as they will not result in a cash 
settlement by the Group. 
At the reporting date the Group was cash positive after adding a loan facility. 
 
31 December 2021 
  
Fixed 
Floating 
Non-interest 
 
  
rate 
rate 
bearing 
Total 
Categorization of financial instruments 
£000 
£000 
£000 
£000 
Group 
 
 
 
 
Cash, cash equivalents and short-term deposits 
— 
15,497 
— 
15,497 
Trade and other payables 
— 
— 
(4,810) 
(4,810) 
Lease liabilities 
(969) 
— 
— 
(969) 
Loans 
— 
(9,241) 
— 
(9,241) 
  
(969) 
6,256 
(4,810) 
477 
Company 
 
 
 
 
Cash, cash equivalents and short-term deposits 
— 
14,363 
— 
14,363 
Loans to subsidiaries 
— 
— 
85,492 
85,492 
Trade and other payables 
— 
— 
(1,306) 
(1,306) 
Lease liabilities 
(715) 
— 
— 
(715) 
Loans 
— 
(9,241) 
— 
(9,241) 
  
(715) 
5,122 
84,186 
88,593 
 
 
 

4D pharma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2021 
102 
Notes to the financial statements (continued) 
For the year ended 31 December 2021 
27. Financial risk management (continued) 
Liquidity risk (continued) 
 
31 December 2020 
  
Fixed 
Floating 
Non-interest 
 
  
rate 
rate 
bearing 
Total 
Categorization of financial instruments 
£000 
£000 
£000 
£000 
Group 
 
 
 
 
Cash, cash equivalents and short-term deposits 
— 
8,775 
— 
8,775 
Trade and other payables 
— 
— 
(6,379) 
(6,379) 
Lease liabilities 
(1,059) 
— 
— 
(1,059) 
  
(1,059) 
8,775 
(6,379) 
1,337 
Company 
 
 
 
 
Cash, cash equivalents and short-term deposits 
— 
6,213 
— 
6,213 
Loans to subsidiaries 
— 
— 
72,670 
72,670 
Trade and other payables 
— 
— 
(3,575) 
(3,575) 
Lease liabilities 
(753) 
— 
— 
(753) 
  
(753) 
6,213 
69,095 
74,555 
 
All categories of financial assets and liabilities are measured at amortized cost with the exception of the warrants and units which are 
measured at fair value through the Statement of Total Comprehensive Income.  
The values disclosed in the above table are carrying values. The Directors consider that the carrying amount of financial assets and liabilities 
approximates to their fair value. 
Interest rate risk 
The Group has added a loan facility during the year which includes interest at a rate of 8.15% plus the lower of the 30-day US Dollar LIBOR 
rate and 0.1% for the term of the loan. Each incremental increase of 0.1% in LIBOR over the base of 0.1% is anticipated to add around 
£0.0093 million to payments in the 2022 and approximately £0.0289 million over the total remaining life of the loan based on the shorter  
loan period.  
Maturity profile 
The Directors consider that the carrying amount of the financial liabilities approximates to their fair value. 
With the exception of loans to subsidiaries, which have a maturity of more than five years, all financial assets are expected to mature within 
the next 12 months an aged analysis of financial assets has not been presented. 
Maturity of liabilities and cash outflows 
 
2021 
 
2020 
  
 
Between 
Between 
 
 
 
Between 
Between 
 
  
Less than 
one and 
two and 
More than 
 
Less than 
one and 
two and 
More than 
  
one year 
two years 
five years 
five years 
 
one year 
two years 
five years 
five years 
Group 
£000 
£000 
£000 
£000 
 
£000 
£000 
£000 
£000 
Trade and other payables 
4,810 
— 
— 
— 
 
6,379 
— 
— 
— 
Lease liabilities 
80 
84 
479 
326 
 
73 
76 
413 
497 
Loans 
— 
1,320 
7,921 
— 
 
— 
— 
— 
— 
  
4,890 
1,404 
8,400 
326 
 
6,452 
76 
413 
497 
 
 
  
2021 
 
2020 
  
 
Between 
Between 
 
 
 
Between 
Between 
 
  
Less than 
one and 
two and 
More than 
 
Less than 
one and 
two and 
More than 
  
one year 
two years 
five years 
five years 
 
one year 
two years 
five years 
five years 
Company 
£000 
£000 
£000 
£000 
 
£000 
£000 
£000 
£000 
Trade and other payables 
1,306 
— 
— 
— 
 
3,575 
— 
— 
— 
Lease liabilities 
44 
44 
301 
326 
 
37 
38 
248 
430 
Loans 
— 
1,320 
7,921 
— 
 
— 
— 
— 
— 
  
1,350 
1,364 
8,222 
326 
 
3,612 
38 
248 
430 
 
 
 
 

4D pharma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2021 
103 
Notes to the financial statements (continued) 
For the year ended 31 December 2021 
27. Financial risk management (continued) 
Foreign currency risk 
The Group’s principal functional currency is Sterling. However, the Group has two subsidiaries whose functional currency is Euros and  
one subsidiary whose functional currency is US Dollars. In addition, the Group as a whole undertakes certain transactions denominated  
in foreign currencies. 
The Group is exposed to currency risk on sales and purchases that are denominated in a currency other than the respective functional 
currency of the Company. These are primarily US Dollars (USD) and Euros (EUR). Transactions outside of these currencies are limited. 
The Group may use forward exchange contracts as an economic hedge against currency risk, where cash flow can be judged with reasonable 
certainty. Foreign exchange swaps and options may be used to hedge foreign currency receipts in the event that the timing of the receipt is 
less certain. There were no open forward contracts as at 31 December 2021 or at 31 December 2020 and the Group did not enter into any 
such contracts during these years. 
The split of Group assets between Sterling and other currencies at the year end is analyzed as follows: 
 
2021 
 
2020 
  
GBP 
USD 
EUR 
Total 
 
GBP 
USD 
EUR 
Total 
Group 
£000 
£000 
£000 
£000 
 
£000 
£000 
£000 
£000 
Cash, cash equivalents and 
deposits  
2,010 
11,258 
2,229 
15,497 
 
 
4,199 
 
3,484 
 
1,092 
 
8,775 
Trade and other payables  
(3,878) 
(309) 
(623) 
(4,810) 
 
(3,526) 
(2,036) 
(817) 
(6,379) 
Lease liabilities 
(715) 
— 
(254) 
(969) 
 
(754) 
— 
(305) 
(1,059) 
Loans 
— 
(9,241) 
— 
(9,241) 
 
— 
— 
— 
— 
  
(2,583) 
1,708 
1,352 
477 
 
(81) 
1,448 
(30) 
1,337 
 
Sensitivity analysis to movement in exchange rates 
To understand the sensitivity to exchange rate fluctuations the Group has considered the effect on the net balances based on a 1-point and 
5-point variation and has concluded that the impact is immaterial; the details are as follows: 
 
2021 
 
2020 
  
GBP 
USD 
EUR 
Total 
 
GBP 
USD 
EUR 
Total 
Group 
£000 
£000 
£000 
£000 
 
£000 
£000 
£000 
£000 
Exchange rate at 31 December 
1 
1.35269 
1.18977 
 
 
1 
1.36638 
1.12022 
 
5-point decrease 
(2,583) 
1,647 
1,297 
361 
 
(81) 
1,397 
(29) 
1,287 
1-point decrease 
(2,583) 
1,695 
1,341 
453 
 
(81) 
1,437 
(30) 
1,326 
At 31 December 
(2,583) 
1,708 
1,352 
477 
 
(81) 
1,448 
(30) 
1,337 
1-point increase 
(2,583) 
1,721 
1,363 
501 
 
(81) 
1,459 
(30) 
1,348 
5-point increase 
(2,583) 
1,774 
1,411 
602 
 
(81) 
1,503 
(31) 
1,391 
 
 

4D pharma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2021 
104 
Notes to the financial statements (continued) 
For the year ended 31 December 2021 
28. Related party transactions 
  
Year to 
Year to 
  
31 December 
31 December 
  
2021 
2020 
Key management compensation 
£000 
£000 
Executive Directors: 
 
 
Salaries and short-term benefits 
344 
204 
Employer’s National Insurance and social security costs 
44 
25 
  
388 
229 
Fees for services provided as Non-Executive Directors: 
 
 
Salaries and short-term benefits 
278 
183 
Employer’s National Insurance and social security costs 
— 
1 
  
278 
184 
Other key management: 
 
 
Salaries and short-term benefits 
849 
961 
Employer’s National Insurance and social security costs 
261 
143 
Employer’s pension contributions 
16 
24 
Share-based payment charge 
404 
235 
  
1,530 
1,363 
 
Group 
Transactions with Directors, substantial shareholders and related entities  
Interest in shares and warrants 
During the year the Company undertook two capital raises through the issue of shares and warrants. Details of the Directors’ participation in 
these raises and other share acquisitions is as follows: 
Executive Directors 
Duncan Peyton 
CEO 
 
Dr. Alex Stevenson 
CSO 
Shares and warrants 
Number of shares 
Number of 
warrants 
£ 
 Number of shares 
Number of 
warrants 
£ 
At 1 January 2020 
6,455,075 
— 
— 
 
6,413,136 
— 
— 
Subscription on 18 February 2020 at £0.50 
per share 
1,333,332 
666,666 
666,666 
 
1,333,332 
666,666 
666,666 
Subscription on 13 July 2020 at £0.35 per share 
571,428 
— 
200,000 
 
571,428 
— 
200,000 
Total at 31 December 2020 
8,359,835 
666,666 
866,666 
 
8,317,896 
666,666 
866,666 
Backstop shares issued in connection with the 
acquisition of Longevity on 22 March 2021* 
496,096 
— 
 
— 
 
381,728 
— 
— 
Subscription on 6 April 2021 at $1.10 per share 
658,840 
— 
724,724 
 
658,840 
— 
724,724 
Total at 31 December 2021 
9,514,771 
666,666 
1,591,390 
 
9,358,464 
666,666 
1,591,390 
Percentage of enlarged share capital at  
31 December 2021 
6.36% 
  
  
 
6.33% 
  
  
 
 
Non-Executive Directors 
 
 
Prof. Axel Glasmacher 
NED 
Shares and warrants 
 
 
 
 Number of shares 
Number of 
warrants 
£ 
At 1 January 2020 
 
 
 
 
— 
— 
—  
Subscription on 13 July 2020 at £0.35 per share 
 
 
 
 
30,000 
— 
10,500 
Total at 31 December 2020 and 31 December 2021 
 
 
 
 
30,000 
— 
10,500 
Percentage of enlarged share capital at 31 December 2021 
 
 
 
 
0.02% 
  
  
 
* 
Excludes backstop warrants. 
 
No warrants had been exercised by the existing Directors at 31 December 2021 nor at 31 December 2020. 
Further details of shares issued and proceeds from their issue can be found in note 23. 
 

4D pharma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2021 
105 
Notes to the financial statements (continued) 
For the year ended 31 December 2021 
28. Related party transactions (continued) 
Group (continued) 
Merger with Longevity Acquisition Corporation 
On 22 March 2021 the Company completed its merger with Longevity Acquisition Corporation (‘Longevity’), a Special Purpose Acquisition 
Company, and listed on Nasdaq. 
To secure the merger a backstop agreement was put in place involving certain of the Directors and significant shareholders (the ‘Backstop 
Investors’). The details of the agreement were as follows: 
Backstop arrangements and related party transactions 
The Longevity shareholders had the right to redeem their shareholding in Longevity, even if the requisite majority of Longevity shareholders 
approved the merge with $14.6 million held in a trust account by Longevity to fund redemptions. Any redemptions by Longevity shareholders 
would have reduced the capital available to the enlarged group so Backstop agreements were executed by Longevity, the Company and 
Whale Management Corporation (the ‘SPAC Sponsor’) with certain investors, including Duncan Peyton and Dr. Alex Stevenson (together, 
the ‘Backstop Investors’). 
The Backstop Investors committed to subscribing for Longevity shares prior to completion to ensure that Longevity held at least $14.6 million 
in cash in the event of redemptions by Longevity shareholders. To secure the backstop arrangements, Longevity agreed to allot 700,000 
Longevity shares to the Backstop Investors, Whale agreed to transfer 200,000 Longevity shares to the Backstop Investors, and the Company 
agreed to allot up to 7,530,000 4D ordinary shares to the Backstop Investors if and to the extent outstanding warrants issued by Longevity 
were exercised. 
The Backstop Investors also agreed to loan Longevity $1.86 million, the proceeds of which were used to repay Whale for loans previously 
made by Whale to Longevity to fund its launch costs. At completion, the enlarged group repaid this sum to the Backstop Investors. 
Related party transactions 
The participation by Duncan Peyton (in the amount of $1,075,862) and Dr. Alex Stevenson (in the amount of $827,856) in the backstop 
arrangements constitutes a related party transaction for the purposes of the AIM Rules. In addition, Steve Oliveira and connected parties, a 
substantial shareholder of the Company (as defined by the AIM Rules), participated in the backstop arrangements in the amount of $5 million 
(in aggregate). The participation by Steve Oliveira and connected parties in the backstop arrangements also constitutes a related party 
transaction for the purposes of the AIM Rules. 
The 4D independent Directors, having consulted with the Company’s nominated advisor, Singer Capital Markets, consider that the terms of 
the related party transactions are fair and reasonable insofar as shareholders are concerned. In providing their advice to the 4D independent 
Directors, N+1 Singer has taken into account the commercial assessments of the 4D independent Directors. 
Lock-up agreements 
Duncan Peyton and Dr. Alex Stevenson, being the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Scientific Officer respectively, entered into lock-up 
agreements at completion. Under the terms of the lock-up agreement, each of Mr. Peyton and Dr. Stevenson agreed that, subject to certain 
limited exceptions, they will not sell any consideration shares due to them under the terms of the merger for a period of 12 months. 
Transactions with key personnel and related entities 
Biomar Microbial Technologies, an entity in which Antonio Fernandez is a director, charged rent and building service costs to the Group of 
£95,421 (31 December 2020: £132,979) and the Group charged Biomar £27,666 for services (31 December 2020: £31,595). At the year end 
£10,782 was due from Biomar Microbial Technologies (31 December 2020: £2,880). 
The Cancer Drug Development Forum (CDDF), an entity in which Prof. Axel Glasmacher is a director, charged membership fees to the Group 
of £6,025 (31 December 2020: £Nil). At the year end £Nil was due from CDDF (31 December 2020: £Nil). 
Transactions with substantial shareholders 
Following the announcement of the merger, Steve Oliveira purchased shares in Longevity Acquisition Corporation. At 31 December 2020 his 
holding equated to 212,349 shares which constituted 8.12% of the outstanding share capital. Steve Oliveira and associated companies held 
13,863,075 ordinary shares in 4D pharma plc at 31 December 2021 (31 December 2020: 14,442,698 ordinary shares) which constituted 
7.69% (31 December 2020: 10.99%) of the outstanding share capital. 
There were no further transactions with Directors, substantial shareholders and related entities with the Group during the current or 
previous year. 
Company 
Transactions between 100% owned Group companies have not been disclosed as these have all been eliminated in the preparation of the 
Group financial statements. 
Transactions with Directors and related entities 
All transactions with Directors and related entities are the same as listed above for the Group. 
Transactions with key personnel and related entities 
There were no transactions between the Company and key personnel and their related entities during the current and previous year. 

4D pharma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2021 
106 
Notes to the financial statements (continued) 
For the year ended 31 December 2021 
29. Reconciliation of net cash flows to movement in net debt 
 
31 December 
31 December 
31 December 
31 December 
  
2021 
2021 
2020 
2020 
  
Group 
Company 
Group 
Company 
  
£000 
£000 
£000 
£000 
Net cash at the beginning of the year 
(7,716) 
(5,460) 
(2,725) 
(2,135) 
Cash flows 
1,702 
355 
(5,312) 
(3,442) 
Non-cash items* 
(47) 
(29) 
18 
— 
Interest and other finance costs 
494 
447 
303 
117 
Decrease/(Increase) in net debt in the year 
2,149 
773 
(4,991) 
(3,325) 
Net cash at 31 December 
(5,567) 
(4,687) 
(7,716) 
(5,460) 
 
* 
Non-cash items relate to the fair value movement of debt recognized in the year which do not give rise to a cash inflow or outflow. 
 
Net debt is defined as follows: 
  
31 December 
31 December 
31 December 
31 December 
  
2021 
2021 
2020 
2020 
  
Group 
Company 
Group 
Company 
  
£000 
£000 
£000 
£000 
Current assets 
 
 
 
 
Cash and cash equivalents 
15,497 
14,363 
8,775 
6,213 
Current liabilities 
 
 
 
 
Lease liabilities 
(80) 
(44) 
(73) 
(37) 
Non-current liabilities 
 
 
 
 
Lease liabilities 
(889) 
(671) 
(986) 
(716) 
Loans 
(8,961) 
(8,961) 
— 
— 
Net cash 
5,567 
4,687 
7,716 
5,460 
 
Analysis of net debt 
 
 
 
 
Interest and 
 
  
31 December 
Cash 
Non-cash 
other finance 
31 December 
  
2020 
flows 
items 
costs 
2021 
Group 
£000 
£000 
£000 
£000 
£000 
Cash and cash equivalents 
8,775 
6,721 
— 
1 
15,497 
  
8,775 
6,721 
— 
1 
15,497 
Liabilities arising from financing activities 
 
 
 
 
 
Lease liabilities 
(1,059) 
233 
18 
(161) 
(969) 
Loans 
— 
(8,656) 
29 
(334) 
(8,961) 
  
(1,059) 
(8,423) 
47 
(495) 
(9,930) 
Net cash 
7,716 
(1,702) 
47 
(494) 
5,567 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest and 
 
  
31 December 
Cash 
Non-cash 
other finance 
31 December 
  
2019 
flows 
items 
costs 
2020 
Group 
£000 
£000 
£000 
£000 
£000 
Short-term investments and cash on deposit 
— 
(5) 
— 
5 
— 
Cash and cash equivalents 
3,836 
4,939 
— 
— 
8,775 
  
3,836 
4,934 
— 
5 
8,775 
Liabilities arising from financing activities 
 
 
 
 
 
Lease liabilities 
(1,111) 
378 
(18) 
(308) 
(1,059) 
  
(1,111) 
378 
(18) 
(308) 
(1,059) 
Net cash 
2,725 
5,312 
(18) 
(303) 
7,716 
 
 

4D pharma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2021 
107 
Notes to the financial statements (continued) 
For the year ended 31 December 2021 
29. Reconciliation of net cash flows to movement in net debt (continued) 
Analysis of net debt (continued) 
  
 
 
 
Interest and 
 
  
31 December 
Cash 
Non-cash 
other finance 
31 December 
  
2020 
flows 
items 
costs 
2021 
Company 
£000 
£000 
£000 
£000 
£000 
Cash and cash equivalents 
6,213 
8,150 
— 
— 
14,363 
  
6,213 
8,150 
— 
— 
14,363 
Liabilities arising from financing activities 
 
 
 
 
 
Lease liabilities 
(753) 
155 
— 
(117) 
(715) 
Loans 
— 
(8,660) 
29 
(330) 
(8,961) 
  
(753) 
(8,505) 
29 
(447) 
(9,676) 
Net cash 
5,460 
(355) 
29 
(447) 
(4,687) 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest and 
 
  
31 December 
Cash 
Non-cash 
other finance 
31 December 
  
2019 
flows 
items 
costs 
2020 
Company 
£000 
£000 
£000 
£000 
£000 
Short-term investments and cash on deposit 
— 
(7) 
— 
7 
— 
Cash and cash equivalents 
2,921 
3,292 
— 
— 
6,213 
  
2,921 
3,285 
— 
7 
6,213 
Liabilities arising from financing activities 
 
 
 
 
 
Lease liabilities 
(786) 
157 
— 
(124) 
(753) 
  
(786) 
157 
— 
(124) 
(753) 
Net cash 
2,135 
3,442 
— 
(117) 
5,460 
 
 
 

4D pharma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2021 
108 
Notes to the financial statements (continued) 
For the year ended 31 December 2021 
30. Reconciliation of fair value adjustment on equity, warrants and units 
 
 
31 December 
31 December 
31 December 
31 December 
  
2021 
2021 
2020 
2020 
  
Group 
Company 
Group 
Company 
  
£000 
£000 
£000 
£000 
Fair value on issue of shares, warrants and units 
44,381 
44,381 
3,110 
3,110 
Prepaid deal costs 
1,471 
1,471 
— 
— 
Fair value adjustment on share option exercise  
94 
94 
— 
— 
Fair value adjustment on share option exercises in subsidiaries 
— 
(138) 
— 
— 
Fair value adjustment on exercise of warrants 
4 
4 
— 
— 
Change in fair value during the period 
(13,627) 
(13,627) 
— 
— 
Cash flow adjustment 
32,323 
32,185 
3,110 
3,110 
 
 
 

4D pharma’s commitment to environmental issues is reflected in this Annual 
Report, which has been printed on Arena Smooth Extra White, an FSC® 
certified material.
This document was printed by Park Communications using its environmental 
print technology, which minimises the impact of printing on the environment, 
with 99% of dry waste diverted from landfill. Both the printer and the paper mill 
are registered to ISO 14001.
CBP012001

4D pharma plc 
9 Bond Court  
Leeds LS1 2JZ